Edgar Filing: ENB Financial Corp

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

Commission File Number 000-53297

ENB Financial Corp

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania		51-0661129
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization		(IRS Employer Identification No.)

31 E. Main St. Ephrata, PA		17522
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (717) 733-4181

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock, Par Value $0.20 Per Share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated filer o		Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)		Smaller reporting company x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2014, was approximately $52,093,489.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 13, 2015, was 2,857,138.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 2015, is incorporated into Parts III and IV hereof.

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Table of Contents

Part I

	Item 1.	Business	4

	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	19

	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	27

	Item 2.	Properties	28

	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	29

	Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	29

Part II

	Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	29

	Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	32

	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	33

	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	67

	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	73

	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	124

	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	124

	Item 9B.	Other Information	125

Part III

	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance	126

	Item 11.	Executive Compensation	126

	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	126

	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	126

	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	126

Part IV

	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	127

	Signatures		128

	Exhibit Index		129

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Part I

Forward-Looking Statements

The U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor in regard to the inclusion of forward-looking statements in this document and documents incorporated by reference. Forward-looking statements pertain to possible or assumed future results that are made using current information. These forward-looking statements are generally identified when terms such as; “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “project,” “forecast,” and other similar wordings are used. The readers of this report should take into consideration that these forward-looking statements represent management’s expectations as to future forecasts of financial performance, or the likelihood that certain events will or will not occur. Due to the very nature of estimates or predictions, these forward-looking statements should not be construed to be indicative of actual future results. Additionally, management may change estimates of future performance, or the likelihood of future events, as additional information is obtained. This document may also address targets, guidelines, or strategic goals that management is striving to reach but may not be indicative of actual results.

Readers should note that many factors affect this forward-looking information, some of which are discussed elsewhere in this document and in the documents that are incorporated by reference into this document. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

Economic conditions

Monetary and interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board

Volatility of the securities markets

Possible impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements

Effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effects on economic and business conditions

Effects of the failure of the Federal government to reach agreement to raise the debt ceiling and the negative effects on economic or business conditions as a result

Effects of weak market conditions, specifically the effect on loan customers to repay loans

Political changes and their impact on new laws and regulations

Competitive forces

Changes in deposit flows, loan demand, or real estate and investment securities values

Changes in accounting principles, policies, or guidelines as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and other accounting standards setters

Ineffective business strategy due to current or future market and competitive conditions

Management’s ability to manage credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, and fair value risk

Operation, legal, and reputation risk

The risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful

The impact of new laws and regulations, including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the regulations issued thereunder.

Readers should be aware if any of the above factors change significantly, the statements regarding future performance could also change materially. The safe harbor provision provides that ENB Financial Corp is not required to publicly update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this report. Readers should review any changes in risk factors in documents filed by ENB Financial Corp periodically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Item 1A. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Item 1. Business

General

ENB Financial Corp (“the Corporation”) is a bank holding company that was formed on July 1, 2008. The Corporation’s wholly owned subsidiary, Ephrata National Bank (“the Bank”), also referred to as ENB, is a full

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

service commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States. Presently, no other subsidiaries exist under the bank holding company. The Corporation and the Bank are both headquartered in Ephrata, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. The Bank was incorporated on April 11, 1881, pursuant to The National Bank Act under a charter granted by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insures deposit accounts to the maximum extent provided by law. The Corporation’s retail, operational, and administrative offices are predominantly located in Northern Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. Nine full service offices are located in Lancaster County with one full service office in Lebanon County, Pennsylvania.

The basic business of the Corporation is to provide a broad range of financial services to individuals and small-to-medium-sized businesses in Northern Lancaster County as well as Berks and Lebanon Counties. The Corporation utilizes funds gathered through deposits from the general public to originate loans. The Corporation offers a range of demand accounts, in addition to savings and time deposits. The Corporation also offers secured and unsecured commercial, real estate, and consumer loans. Ancillary services that provide added convenience to customers include direct deposit and direct payments of funds through Electronic Funds Transfer, ATMs linked to the Star® network, telephone banking, MasterCard® debit cards, Visa® or MasterCard credit cards, and safe deposit box facilities. In addition, the Corporation offers internet banking including bill pay and wire transfer capabilities, remote deposit capture, and an ENB Bank on the Go! app for iPhones or Android phones. The Corporation also offers a full complement of trust and investment advisory services through ENB’s Money Management Group.

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation employed 247 persons, consisting of 196 full-time and 51 part-time employees. The number of full-time employees increased by six, and the number of part-time employees increased by one from the previous year-end. Growth in the number of full-time and part-time employees is attributable to the continued staffing growth of the mortgage operations function and the addition of an Information Security Officer. A collective bargaining agent does not represent the employees.

Operating Segments

The Corporation’s business is providing financial products and services. These products and services are provided through the Corporation’s wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Bank is presently the only subsidiary of the Corporation, and the Bank only has one reportable operating segment, community banking, as described in Note A of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report. The segment reporting information in Note A is incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1.

Business Operations

Products and Services with Reputation Risk

The Corporation offers a diverse range of financial and banking products and services. In the event one or more customers and/or governmental agencies becomes dissatisfied with or objects to any product or service offered by the Corporation, negative publicity with respect to any such product or service, whether legally justified or not, could have a negative impact on the Corporation’s reputation. The discontinuance of any product or service, whether or not any customer or governmental agency has challenged any such product or service, could have a negative impact on the Corporation’s reputation.

Market Area, and Competition

The Corporation’s primary market area is northern Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, where nine full service offices are located. However, the Corporation’s market area also extends into contiguous Lebanon and Berks Counties. The Corporation’s tenth full service office was opened in November 2013 in southeastern Lebanon County to extend physical presence to that county. The Corporation’s greater service area is considered to be Lancaster, Lebanon, and Berks Counties of Pennsylvania. The area served by the Corporation is a mix of rural communities and small to mid-sized towns.

The Corporation’s headquarters and main campus are located in Ephrata, Pennsylvania. The Corporation’s main office and drive-up are located in downtown Ephrata, while the Cloister office is also located within Ephrata Borough. As such, the Corporation has a very strong presence in Ephrata Borough, a community with a population of approximately 13,000. When surrounding areas that also share an Ephrata address and zip code are included, the population is over 32,000 based on 2010 census data. The Corporation ranks a commanding first in deposit market

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

share in the Ephrata area with 44.1% of deposits as of June 30, 2014, based on data compiled annually by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Corporation’s deposit market share in the Ephrata area was 45.7% as of June 30, 2013. The Corporation’s very high market share in the Ephrata area equates to a saturation of the local market that has led to the expansion of the Corporation’s branch network.

In the past 15 years, the Corporation’s market area has expanded beyond the greater Ephrata area to encompass most of northern Lancaster County, with the exception of the most western parts of the County. The majority of this expansion has occurred in recent history with the addition of six new branch offices since 1999, bringing the total offices to ten. Lancaster County ranks high nationally as a favored place to reside due to its scenic and fertile farmland, low cost of living, diversity of the local economy, and proximity to several large metropolitan areas. As a result, the area has experienced significant population growth and development. The population growth of Lancaster County has remained above both Pennsylvania and national growth levels over the past fifty years. Additionally, the population of Lancaster County has recently eclipsed half a million, with 2010 census information showing an estimated population of 508,000. The FDIC deposit market share data ranked the Corporation 5^th in deposit market share in Lancaster County, with 6.6% of deposits as of June 30, 2014. The Corporation held 6.6% of deposit market share as of June 30, 2013.

In the course of attracting and retaining deposits and originating loans, the Corporation faces considerable competition. The Corporation competes with other commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, and credit unions for traditional banking products, such as deposits and loans. Based on FDIC summary of deposit data, there were 19 banks and savings associations and 12 credit unions operating in Lancaster County as of June 30, 2014, representing one more bank and one less credit union than the prior year. The Corporation competes with consumer finance companies for loans, mutual funds, and other investment alternatives for deposits. The Corporation competes for deposits based on the ability to provide a range of products, low fees, quality service, competitive rates, and convenient locations and hours. The competition for loan origination generally relates to interest rates offered, products available, quality of service, and loan origination fees charged. Several competitors within the Corporation’s primary market have substantially higher legal lending limits that enable them to service larger loans and larger commercial customers.

The Corporation continues to assess the competition and market area to determine the best way to meet the financial needs of the communities it serves. Management also continues to pursue new market opportunities based on the strategic plan to efficiently grow the Corporation, improve earnings performance, and bring the Corporation’s products and services to customers currently not being reached. Management strategically addresses growth opportunities versus competitive issues by determining the new products and services to be offered, expansion of existing footprint with new locations, as well as investing in the expertise of staffing for expansion of these services.

Concentrations and Seasonality

The Corporation does not have any portion of its businesses dependent on a single or limited number of customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on its businesses. No substantial portion of loans or investments is concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries, although a significant amount of loans are secured by real estate located in northern Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. Agricultural purpose loans make up approximately 33% of the loan portfolio; however, these loans are further diversified according to type of agriculture, of which dairy is the largest component accounting for approximately 15% of the loan portfolio. The business activities of the Corporation are generally not seasonal in nature. The sizable agricultural portfolio has minority elements that are predominately seasonal in nature due to typical farming operations. Financial instruments with concentrations of credit risk are described in Note P of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report. The concentration of credit risk information in Note P is incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Supervision and Regulation

General Overview

Bank holding companies operate in a highly regulated environment and are routinely examined by federal and state regulatory authorities. The following discussion concerns various federal and state laws and regulations and the potential impact of such laws and regulations on the Corporation and the Bank.

To the extent that the following information describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions themselves. Proposals to change laws and regulations are frequently introduced in Congress, the state legislatures, and before the various bank regulatory agencies. The Corporation cannot determine the likelihood or timing of any such proposals or legislation, or the impact they may have on the Corporation and the Bank. A change in law, regulations, or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the Corporation and the Bank’s business.

The operations of the Bank are subject to federal and state statutes applicable to banks chartered under the banking laws of the United States, to members of the Federal Reserve System, and to banks whose deposits are insured by the FDIC. Bank operations are subject to regulations of the OCC, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the FDIC.

Supervision and Regulation of the Corporation

The Holding Company Act of 1956.

The Corporation is subject to the provisions of the Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and to supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The following restrictions apply:

General Supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. As a bank holding company, the Corporation’s activities are limited to the business of banking and activities closely related or incidental to banking. Bank holding companies are required to file periodic reports with and are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a risk-focused supervision program for small shell bank holding companies that is tied to the examination results of the subsidiary bank. The Federal Reserve Board has issued regulations under the Bank Holding Company Act that require a bank holding company to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. As a result, the Federal Reserve Board may require that the Corporation stand ready to provide adequate capital funds to the Bank during periods of financial stress or adversity.

Restrictions on Acquiring Control of Other Banks and Companies. A bank holding company may not:

acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting stock, or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or

merge or consolidate with another bank holding company, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

In addition, a bank holding company may not:

engage in a non-banking business, or

acquire ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting stock of any company engaged in a non-banking business,

unless the Federal Reserve Board determines the business to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking. In making this determination, the Federal Reserve Board considers whether these activities offer benefits to the public that outweigh any possible adverse effects.

Anti-Tie-In Provisions. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries may not engage in tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or provision of any property or services. These anti-tie-in provisions state generally that a bank may not:

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

extend credit,

lease or sell property, or

furnish any service to a customer

on the condition that the customer provides additional credit or service to a bank or its affiliates, or on the condition that the customer not obtain other credit or service from a competitor of the bank.

Restrictions on Extensions of Credit by Banks to their Holding Companies. Subsidiary banks of a holding company are also subject to restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on:

any extensions of credit to the bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries,

investments in the stock or other securities of the Corporation, and

taking these stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower.

Risk-Based Capital Guidelines. Bank holding companies must comply with the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital guidelines. The required minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets, including some off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit, is 8%. At least half of the total capital is required to be Tier I Capital, consisting principally of common shareholders’ equity, less certain intangible assets. The remainder, Tier II Capital, may consist of:

some types of preferred stock,

a limited amount of subordinated debt,

some hybrid capital instruments,

other debt securities, and

a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.

The risk-based capital guidelines are required to take adequate account of interest rate risk, concentrations of credit risk, and risks of nontraditional activities.

Capital Leverage Ratio Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board requires a bank holding company to maintain a leverage ratio of a minimum level of Tier I capital, as determined under the risk-based capital guidelines, equal to 3% of average total consolidated assets for those bank holding companies that have the highest regulatory examination rating and are not contemplating or experiencing significant growth or expansion. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a ratio of at least 1% to 2% above the stated minimum. The Bank is subject to similar capital requirements pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

Restrictions on Control Changes. The Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 requires persons seeking control of a bank or bank holding company to obtain approval from the appropriate federal banking agency before completing the transaction. The law contains a presumption that the power to vote 10% or more of voting stock confers control of a bank or bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board is responsible for reviewing changes in control of bank holding companies. In doing so, the Federal Reserve Board reviews the financial position, experience and integrity of the acquiring person, and the effect the change of control will have on the financial condition of the Corporation, relevant markets, and federal deposit insurance funds.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), also known as the “Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act,” was established in 2002 and introduced major changes to the regulation of financial practice. SOX was established as a reaction to the outbreak of corporate and accounting scandals, including Enron and Worldcom. SOX represents a comprehensive revision of laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations, and corporate reporting. SOX is applicable to all companies with equity or debt securities that are either registered, or file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In particular, SOX establishes: (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) standards for auditors and regulation of audits; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

reporting company and its directors and executive officers; and (v) increased civil and criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws.

Section 404 of SOX requires publicly held companies to document and test their internal controls that impact financial reporting and report on the findings, known as Section 404a. External auditors also must test and report on the effectiveness of a company’s internal controls to ensure accurate financial reporting, which is known as Section 404b. Companies must report any deficiencies or material weaknesses in their internal controls, as well as their remediation efforts. To ensure greater investor confidence in corporate disclosures from public companies, SOX restricts the services that public accounting firms can provide to publicly traded companies. The Corporation does not engage the same professional accounting firm for external and internal auditing.

Accelerated and large accelerated filers have had to comply with Sections 404a and 404b of SOX in their annual reports since 2004, with their auditors required to report on the effectiveness of internal controls. An accelerated filer is defined as having between $75 million and $700 million of publicly traded market capitalization; large accelerated filers are companies with over $700 million of publicly traded market capitalization as of the end of their second quarter. Non-accelerated filers with publicly traded market capitalization under $75 million were not required to comply with Section 404b. The Corporation has always met the definition of a non-accelerated filer as the public equity float has always been under $75 million, and therefore has only been subject to Section 404a.

In February 2008, the SEC proposed a rule that extended the date for independent auditor attestation to first be included for years ended on or after December 15, 2009. Also in 2008, the SEC expanded the definitions of smaller public companies beyond non-accelerated filers to include a new definition of smaller reporting company. The smaller reporting company definition was more favorable to smaller businesses that qualified under certain conditions. On July 1, 2008, the Corporation came into existence as ENB Financial Corp, which succeeded Ephrata National Bank. With the new entity and new SEC registration statement, the Corporation changed the filing status from non-accelerated filer to smaller reporting company. An issuer has the ability to determine its filing status on an annual basis.

Those public companies with public floats under $75 million that did not qualify under the smaller reporting company were considered non-accelerated filers. Both were not subject to Section 404b. The non-accelerated filers also included publicly traded companies that previously did have a public float over $75 million but were now less than $50 million due to market conditions, specifically lower market value of their stock. The Corporation continues to meet the definition of a smaller reporting company as it has a public equity float of approximately $52.1 million as of June 30, 2014.

On October 2, 2009, the SEC announced, concurrent with the release of its most recent cost-benefit study that the Commission was granting a final deferral of the effective date of Section 404b for small companies, extending the deadline to annual reports for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2010. Then on July 21, 2010, when the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, Section 404b was permanently deferred for all smaller reporting companies. The Corporation would become subject to Section 404b requirements of SOX at the end of 2015 if public float exceeds $75 million on June 30, 2015, at which time the Corporation would be considered an accelerated filer.

Permitted Activities for Bank Holding Companies

The Federal Reserve Board permits bank holding companies to engage in activities so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident of banking. In 1997, the Federal Reserve Board significantly expanded its list of permissible non-banking activities to improve the competitiveness of bank holding companies. The following list includes activities that a holding company may engage in, subject to change by the Federal Reserve Board:

Making, acquiring, or servicing loans and other extensions of credit for its own account or for the account of others.

Any activity used in connection with making, acquiring, brokering, or servicing loans or other extensions of credit, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has determined that the following activities are permissible:

real estate and personal property appraising;

arranging commercial real estate equity financing;

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

check-guaranty services;

collection agency services;

credit bureau services;

asset management, servicing, and collection activities;

acquiring debt in default, if a holding company divests shares or assets securing debt in default that are not permissible investments for bank holding companies within prescribed time periods, and meets various other conditions; and

real estate settlement services.

Leasing personal and real property or acting as agent, broker, or advisor in leasing property, provided that:

the lease is a non-operating lease;

the initial term of the lease is at least 90 days;

if real property is being leased, the transaction will compensate the lessor for at least the lessor’s full investment in the property and costs, with various other conditions.

Operating non-bank depository institutions, including an industrial bank or savings association.

Performing functions or activities that may be performed by a trust company, including activities of a fiduciary, agency, or custodial nature, in the manner authorized by federal or state law, so long as the holding company is not a bank.

Acting as investment or financial advisor to any person, including:

serving as investment advisor to an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

furnishing general economic information and advice, general economic statistical forecasting services, and industry studies;

providing advice in connection with mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, investments, joint ventures, capital structuring, financing transactions, and conducting financial feasibility studies;

providing general information, statistical forecasting, and advice concerning any transaction in foreign exchange, swaps, and similar transactions, commodities, options, futures, and similar instruments;

providing educational courses and instructional materials to consumers on individual financial management matters; and

providing tax planning and tax preparation services to any person.

Agency transactional services for customer investments, including:

Securities brokerage -- Providing securities brokerage services, whether alone or in combination with investment advisory services, and incidental activities, including related securities credit activities compliant with Federal Reserve Board Regulation T and custodial services, if the securities brokerage services are restricted to buying and selling securities solely as agent for the account of customers and do not include securities underwriting or dealing.

Riskless-principal transactions -- Buying and selling all types of securities in the secondary market on the order of customers as “riskless principal.”

Private-placement services -- Acting as agent for the private placement of securities in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules of the SEC.

Futures commission merchant -- Acting as a futures commission merchant for unaffiliated persons in the execution and clearance of any futures contract and option on a futures contract traded on an exchange in the United States or abroad, if the activity is conducted through a separately incorporated subsidiary of the holding company and the company satisfies various other conditions.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Investment transactions as principal:

Underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments, including bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit, under the same limitations applicable if the activity were performed by a holding company’s subsidiary member banks.

Engaging as principal in:

foreign exchanges; and

forward contracts, options, futures, options on futures, swaps, and similar contracts, with various conditions.

Buying and selling bullion, and related activities.

Management consulting and counseling activities:

Subject to various limitations, management consulting on any matter to unaffiliated depository institutions, or on any financial, economic, accounting, or audit matter to any other company; and

Providing consulting services to employee benefit, compensation, and insurance plans, including designing plans, assisting in the implementation of plans, providing administrative services to plans, and developing employee communication programs for plans.

Providing career counseling services to:

a financial organization and individuals currently employed by, or recently displaced from, a financial organization;

individuals who are seeking employment at a financial organization; and

individuals who are currently employed in or who seek positions in the finance, accounting, and audit departments of any company.

Support services:

providing limited courier services; and

printing and selling checks and related items requiring magnetic ink character recognition.

Insurance agency and underwriting:

Subject to various limitations, acting as principal, agent, or broker for credit, life, accident, health, and unemployment insurance that is directly related to an extension of credit by a holding company or any of its subsidiaries.

Engaging in any insurance agency activity in a place where the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation has a lending office and that has a population not exceeding 5,000 or has inadequate insurance agency facilities, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board.

Supervising, on behalf of insurance underwriters, the activities of retail insurance agents who sell fidelity insurance and property and casualty insurance on the real and personal property used in the Corporation’s operations or its subsidiaries, and group insurance that protects the employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries.

Engaging in any insurance agency activities if the Corporation has total consolidated assets of $50 million or less, with the sale of life insurance and annuities being limited to sales in small towns or as credit insurance.

Making equity and debt investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare, and providing advisory services to these programs.

Subject to various limitations, providing others with financially oriented data processing or bookkeeping services.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Issuing and selling money orders, travelers' checks, and United States savings bonds.

Providing consumer financial counseling that involves counseling, educational courses, and distribution of instructional materials to individuals on consumer-oriented financial management matters, including debt consolidation, mortgage applications, bankruptcy, budget management, real estate tax shelters, tax planning, retirement and estate planning, insurance, and general investment management, so long as this activity does not include the sale of specific products or investments.

Providing tax planning and preparation advice.

Permitted Activities for Financial Holding Companies

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act became law in November 1999 and amends the Holding Company Act of 1956 to create a new category of holding company - the financial holding company. To be designated as a financial holding company, a bank holding company must file an application with the Federal Reserve Board (FRB). The corporation must be and remain well capitalized and well managed, as determined by FRB regulations and maintain at least a satisfactory examination rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. Once a bank holding company becomes a financial holding company, the holding company or its affiliates may engage in any activities that are financial in nature or incidental to financial activities. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve may approve a proposed activity if it is complementary to financial activities and does not threaten the safety and soundness of banking. The Act provides an initial list of activities that constitute activities that are financial in nature, including:

lending and deposit activities,

insurance activities, including underwriting, agency, and brokerage,

providing financial investment advisory services,

underwriting in, and acting as a broker or dealer in, securities,

merchant banking, and

insurance company portfolio investment.

The Corporation is currently not a financial holding company.

Supervision and Regulation of the Bank

Safety and Soundness

The primary regulator for the Bank is the OCC. The OCC has the authority under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to prevent a national bank from engaging in any unsafe or unsound practice in conducting business or from otherwise conducting activities in violation of the law.

Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern, but are not limited to, the following:

Scope of a bank’s business

Investments a bank may make

Reserves that must be maintained against certain deposits

Loans a bank makes and collateral it takes

Merger and consolidation activities

Establishment of branches

The Corporation is a member of the Federal Reserve System. Therefore, the policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have a significant impact on many elements of the Corporation’s operations, including:

Loan and deposit growth

Rate of interest earned and paid

Types of securities

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Breadth of financial services provided

Levels of liquidity

Levels of required capital

Management cannot predict the effect of changes to such policies and regulations upon the Corporation’s business model and the corresponding impact they may have on future earnings.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The FDIC imposes a risk-related premium schedule for all insured depository institutions that results in the assessment of premiums based on the Bank’s capital and supervisory measures. Under the risk-related premium schedule, the FDIC assigns, on a semi-annual basis, each depository institution to one of three capital groups, the best of these being “Well Capitalized.” For purposes of calculating the insurance assessment, the Bank was considered “Well Capitalized” as of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013. This designation has benefited the Bank in the past and continues to benefit it in terms of a lower quarterly FDIC rate. The FDIC adjusts the insurance rates when necessary. FDIC insurance rates have been significantly higher in recent years compared to years prior to the financial crisis. In 2008, during the financial crisis, the FDIC insurance limit was increased from $100,000 to $250,000 along with unlimited insurance coverage on non-interest bearing deposits and interest bearing deposit balances with interest rates less than or equal to 0.50%. Significant increases in the FDIC insurance costs were assessed in 2009 to both cover the increased level of bank failures that were occurring and the higher level of coverage. Since then the number of bank failures has significantly declined and the FDIC has been able to decrease the cost of the insurance. The total FDIC assessments paid by the Bank in 2014 were $378,000, compared to $343,000 in 2013.

In addition to FDIC insurance costs, the Bank is subject to assessments to pay the interest on Financing Corporation Bonds. Congress created the Financing Corporation to issue bonds to finance the resolution of failed thrift institutions. These assessment rates are set quarterly. The total Financing Corporation assessments paid by the Bank in 2014 were $46,000 compared to $45,000 in 2013.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act made the temporary $250,000 FDIC insurance coverage the permanent standard maximum deposit insurance amount. Additionally, on February 7, 2011, the Board of Directors of the FDIC approved a final rule based on the Dodd-Frank Act that revises the assessment base from one based on domestic deposits to one based on assets. This change, which was effective in April 2011, saved the Corporation a significant amount of FDIC insurance premiums.

Community Reinvestment Act

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), as amended, the OCC is required to assess all financial institutions that it regulates to determine whether these institutions are meeting the credit needs of the community that they serve. The Act focuses specifically on low and moderate income neighborhoods. The OCC takes an institution’s CRA record into account in its evaluation of any application made by any of such institutions for, among other things:

Approval of a new branch or other deposit facility

Closing of a branch or other deposit facility

An office relocation or a merger

Any acquisition of bank shares

The CRA, as amended, also requires that the OCC make publicly available the evaluation of a bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. This evaluation includes a descriptive rating of either outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve, or substantial noncompliance, along with a statement describing the basis for the rating. These ratings are publicly disclosed. The Bank received an outstanding rating on the most recent CRA Performance Evaluation completed on May 7, 2012.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Capital Adequacy

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), institutions are classified in one of five defined categories as illustrated below:

Capital Category	Total Risk-Based Ratio	Tier 1 Risk-Based Ratio	Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

Well Capitalized	> 10.0	> 6.0	> 5.0
Adequately Capitalized	> 8.0	> 4.0	> 4.0*
Undercapitalized	< 8.0	< 4.0	< 4.0*
Significantly Undercapitalized	< 6.0	< 3.0	< 3.0
Critically Undercapitalized			< 2.0

*3.0 for those banks having the highest available regulatory rating.

The Bank’s and Corporation’s capital ratios exceed the regulatory requirements to be considered well capitalized for Total Risk-Based Capital, Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital, and Tier 1 Leverage Capital. The capital ratio table and Consolidated Financial Statement Note M – Regulatory Matters and Restrictions, are incorporated by reference herein, from Item 8, and made a part hereof. Note M discloses capital ratios for both the Bank and the Corporation, shown as Consolidated.

Other Provisions of the FDICIA

Each depository institution must submit audited financial statements to its primary regulator and the FDIC, whose reports are made publicly available. In addition, the audit committee of each depository institution must consist of outside directors and the audit committee at “large institutions” (as defined by FDIC regulation) must include members with banking or financial management expertise. The audit committee at “large institutions” must also have access to independent outside counsel. In addition, an institution must notify the FDIC and the institution’s primary regulator of any change in the institution’s independent auditor, and annual management letters must be provided to the FDIC and the depository institution’s primary regulator. The regulations define a “large institution” as one with over $500 million in assets, which does include the Bank. Also, under the rule, an institution's independent public accountant must examine the institution's internal controls over financial reporting and perform agreed-upon procedures to test compliance with laws and regulations concerning safety and soundness.

Under the FDICIA, each federal banking agency must prescribe certain safety and soundness standards for depository institutions and their holding companies. Three types of standards must be prescribed:

asset quality and earnings

operational and managerial, and

compensation

Such standards would include a ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings, and, to the extent feasible, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded securities of such institutions and holding companies. Operational and managerial standards must relate to:

internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems

loan documentation

credit underwriting

interest rate exposure

asset growth, and

compensation, fees and benefits

The FDICIA also sets forth Truth in Savings disclosure and advertising requirements applicable to all depository institutions.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Real Estate Lending Standards

Pursuant to the FDICIA, federal banking agencies adopted real estate lending guidelines which would set loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios for different types of real estate loans. The LTV ratio is generally defined as the total loan amount divided by the appraised value of the property at the time the loan is originated. If the institution does not hold a first lien position, the total loan amount would be combined with the amount of all junior liens when calculating the ratio. In addition to establishing the LTV ratios, the guidelines require all real estate loans to be based upon proper loan documentation and a recent appraisal or certificate of inspection of the property.

Regulatory Capital Changes

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies issued final rules to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The phase-in period for community banking organizations begins January 1, 2015, while larger institutions (generally those with assets of $250 billion or more) began compliance on January 1, 2014. The final rules call for the following capital requirements:

A minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%

A minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6%

A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%

A minimum leverage ratio of 4%

In addition, the final rules establish a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets applicable to all banking organizations. If a banking organization fails to hold capital above the minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, it will be subject to certain restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The phase-in period for the capital conservation and countercyclical capital buffers for all banking organizations will begin on January 1, 2016.

Under the initially proposed rules, accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) would have been included in a banking organization’s common equity tier 1 capital. The final rules allow community banks to make a one-time election not to include these additional components of AOCI in regulatory capital and instead use the existing treatment under the general risk-based capital rules that excludes most AOCI components from regulatory capital. The opt-out election must be made in the first call report or FR Y-9 series report that is filed after the financial institution becomes subject to the final rule which for the Corporation is March 31, 2015.

The final rules permanently grandfather non-qualifying capital instruments (such as trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock) issued before May 19, 2010 for inclusion in the tier 1 capital of banking organizations with total consolidated assets less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009 and banking organizations that were mutual holding companies as of May 19, 2010. The Corporation does not have trust preferred securities or cumulative perpetual preferred stock with no plans to add these to the capital structure.

The proposed rules would have modified the risk-weight framework applicable to residential mortgage exposures to require banking organizations to divide residential mortgage exposures into two categories in order to determine the applicable risk weight. In response to commenter concerns about the burden of calculating the risk weights and the potential negative effect on credit availability, the final rules do not adopt the proposed risk weights but retain the current risk weights for mortgage exposures under the general risk-based capital rules.

Consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act, the new rules replace the ratings-based approach to securitization exposures, which is based on external credit ratings, with the simplified supervisory formula approach in order to determine the appropriate risk weights for these exposures. Alternatively, banking organizations may use the existing gross-up approach to assign securitization exposures to a risk weight category or choose to assign such exposures a 1,250 percent risk weight. The Corporation has no securitized financial instruments.

Under the new rules, mortgage servicing assets (MSAs) and certain deferred tax assets (DTAs) are subject to stricter limitations than those applicable under the current general risk-based capital rule. The new rules also increase the risk weights for past-due loans, certain commercial real estate loans, and some equity exposures, and makes selected other changes in risk weights and credit conversion factors.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

The Corporation is in the process of assessing the impact of these changes on the regulatory ratios of the Corporation and the Bank on the capital, operations, liquidity and earnings of the Corporation and Bank.

Prompt Corrective Action

In the event that an institution’s capital deteriorates to the Undercapitalized category or below, FDICIA prescribes an increasing amount of regulatory intervention, including:

Implementation of a capital restoration plan and a guarantee of the plan by a parent institution

Placement of a hold on increases in assets, number of branches, or lines of business

If capital reaches the significantly or critically undercapitalized level, further material restrictions can be imposed, including restrictions on interest payable on accounts, dismissal of management, and (in critically undercapitalized situations) appointment of a receiver. For well-capitalized institutions, FDICIA provides authority for regulatory intervention where they deem the institution to be engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, or if the institution receives a less than satisfactory examination report rating for asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, or sensitivity to market risk.

Regulation O

Regulation O, also known as Loans to Insiders, governs the permissible lending relationships between a bank and its executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders and their related interests. The primary restriction of Regulation O is that loan terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral coverage, can be no more favorable to the insider than loans made in comparable transactions to non-covered parties. Additionally, the loan may not involve more than normal risk. The regulation requires quarterly reporting to regulators of the total amount of credit extended to insiders.

Under Regulation O, a bank is not required to obtain approval from the bank’s Board of Directors prior to making a loan to an executive officer, as long as a first lien on the executive officer’s residence secures the loan. Further amendments allow bank insiders to take advantage of preferential loan terms that are available to substantially all employees. Regulation O does permit an insider to participate in a plan that provides more favorable credit terms than the bank provides to non-employee customers provided that the plan:

Is widely available to employees

Does not give preference to any insider over other employees

The Bank has a policy in place that offers general employees more favorable loan terms than those offered to non-employee customers. The Bank’s policy on loans to insiders allows insiders to participate in the same favorable rate and terms offered to all other employees; however, any loan to an insider that does not fall within permissible regulatory exceptions must receive the prior approval of the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Legislation and Regulatory Changes

From time to time, legislation is enacted that has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies, and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, and before various regulatory agencies. No prediction can be made as to the likelihood of any major changes or the impact such changes might have on the Corporation’s operations. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for more information.

In the following section, certain significant enacted or proposed legislation is discussed that either has impacted, or is likely to impact the Corporation. Certain legislation was enacted several years ago that had phase-in periods or requirements that only began impacting the Corporation in 2008. Other significant legislation, like the USA Patriot Act, was enacted several years ago and continues to be a focus of regulatory agencies. The sub-prime crisis, which became apparent in 2007, and the broader credit crisis that followed in 2008, resulted in a number of very historical legislative changes that occurred in late 2008, and continue to the time of this report. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank) was signed into law. Dodd-Frank is intended

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

to effect a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation. This legislation, along with other legislation currently under consideration by Congress or various regulatory or professional agencies, is also discussed below.

JOBS Act

In 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) became law. The JOBS Act is aimed at facilitating capital raising by smaller companies and banks and bank holding companies by implementing the following changes:

raising the threshold requiring registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") for banks and bank holdings companies from 500 to 2,000 holders of record;

raising the threshold for triggering deregistration under the Exchange Act for banks and bank holding companies from 300 to 1,200 holders of record;

raising the limit for Regulation A offerings from $5 million to $50 million per year and exempting some Regulation A offerings from state blue sky laws;

permitting advertising and general solicitation in Rule 506 and Rule 144A offerings;

allowing private companies to use "crowdfunding" to raise up to $1 million in any 12-month period, subject to certain conditions; and

creating a new category of issuer, called an "Emerging Growth Corporation," for companies with less than $1 billion in annual gross revenue, which will benefit from certain changes that reduce the cost and burden of carrying out an equity IPO and complying with public company reporting obligations for up to five years.

While the JOBS Act is not expected to have any immediate application to the Corporation, management will continue to monitor the implementation rules for potential effects which might benefit the Corporation.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

Among other things, Dodd-Frank created a new Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify systemic risks in the financial system and gave federal regulators new authority to take control of and liquidate financial firms. Dodd-Frank is expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s business operations as its provisions take effect. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact Dodd-Frank with its implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that, at a minimum, they will increase the Corporation’s operating and compliance costs and could increase interest expense. Among the provisions that are likely to affect the Corporation are the following:

Holding Company Capital Requirements

Dodd-Frank requires the Federal Reserve to apply consolidated capital requirements to bank holding companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Under these standards, trust preferred securities will be excluded from Tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010, by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets. Dodd-Frank additionally requires that bank regulators issue countercyclical capital requirements so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expansion and decreases in times of economic contraction, are consistent with safety and soundness.

Corporate Governance

Dodd-Frank requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years, a non-binding vote regarding the frequency of the vote on executive compensation at least every six years, and a non-binding vote on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by shareholders. The SEC has finalized the rules implementing these requirements which took effect on January 21, 2011. The Corporation was exempt from these requirements until January 21, 2013, due to its status as a smaller reporting company. Additionally, Dodd-Frank directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1.0 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded. Dodd-Frank also gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors and executive compensation matters.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

Dodd-Frank created a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, the Consumer Financial Privacy Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and certain other statutes. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. Dodd-Frank authorized the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. In addition, Dodd-Frank allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB. Dodd-Frank permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

Ability-to-Repay and Qualified Mortgage Rule

Pursuant to the Dodd Frank Act, the CFPB issued a final rule on January 10, 2013 (effective on January 10, 2014), amending Regulation Z as implemented by the Truth in Lending Act, requiring mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Mortgage lenders are required to determine consumers’ ability to repay in one of two ways. The first alternative requires the mortgage lender to consider the following eight underwriting factors when making the credit decision: (1) current or reasonably expected income or assets; (2) current employment status; (3) the monthly payment on the covered transaction; (4) the monthly payment on any simultaneous loan; (5) the monthly payment for mortgage-related obligations; (6) current debt obligations, alimony, and child support; (7) the monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income; and (8) credit history. Alternatively, the mortgage lender can originate “qualified mortgages,” which are entitled to a presumption that the creditor making the loan satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. In general, a “qualified mortgage” is a mortgage loan without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, or terms exceeding 30 years. In addition, to be a qualified mortgage the points and fees paid by a consumer cannot exceed 3% of the total loan amount. Loans which meet these criteria will be considered qualified mortgages, and as a result generally protect lenders from fines or litigation in the event of foreclosure. Qualified mortgages that are “higher-priced” (e.g. subprime loans) garner a rebuttable presumption of compliance with the ability-to-repay rules, while qualified mortgages that are not “higher-priced” (e.g. Prime loans) are given a safe harbor of compliance. The final rule, as issued, is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s lending activities and on the Corporation’s Statements of Income or Financial Condition.

Ongoing Legislation

As a consequence of the extensive regulation of the financial services industry and specifically commercial banking activities in the United States, the Corporation’s business is particularly susceptible to changes in federal and state legislation and regulations. Over the course of time, various federal and state proposals for legislation could result in additional regulatory and legal requirements for the Corporation. Management cannot predict if any such legislation will be adopted, or if adopted, how it would affect the business of the Corporation. Past history has demonstrated that new legislation or changes to existing legislation usually results in a heavier compliance burden and generally increases the cost of doing business.

Management believes that the effect of any current legislative proposals on the liquidity, capital resources and the results of operations of the Corporation and the Bank will be minimal. It is possible that there will be regulatory proposals which, if implemented, could have a material effect upon our liquidity, capital resources and results of operations. In addition, the general cost of compliance with numerous federal and state laws does have, and in the future may have, a negative impact on our results of operations. As with other banks, the status of the financial services industry can affect the Bank. Consolidations of institutions are expected to continue as the financial services industry seeks greater efficiencies and market share. Bank management believes that such consolidations may enhance the Bank’s competitive position as a community bank.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Statistical Data

The statistical disclosures required by this item are incorporated by reference herein, from Item 6 on page 32 and the Consolidated Statements of Income on page 76 as found in this Form 10-K filing.

Available Information

A copy of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-1, may be obtained, without charge, from our website: www.enbfc.com or by request via e-mail to pwenger@epnb.com. This information may also be obtained via written request to Mr. Paul W. Wenger, Secretary, Shareholder Relations, at ENB Financial Corp, 31 East Main Street, P.O. Box 457, Ephrata, PA, 17522.

The Corporation’s reports, proxy statements, and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC, 20549 at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Corporation is an electronic filer with the Commission. The Commission maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the Commission’s website is http://www.sec.gov.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in the Corporation’s common stock is subject to risks inherent to the banking industry and the equity markets. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Corporation are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing the Corporation. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or is not focused on, or currently deems immaterial, may also impair the Corporation’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

If any of the following risks actually occur, the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the Corporation’s common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related To The Corporation’s Business:

The Corporation Is Subject To Interest Rate Risk

The Corporation’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense paid on interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Corporation’s control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest the Corporation receives on loans and securities, but also the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings. Changes in interest rates could also affect:

The Corporation’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits

The fair value of the Corporation’s financial assets and liabilities

The average duration of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities

The future liquidity of the Corporation

If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other securities, the Corporation’s net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other securities fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on the Corporation’s results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation Is Subject To Lending Risk

There are inherent risks associated with the Corporation’s lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where the Corporation operates, as well as those across the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the United States. Increases in interest rates and/or weakening economic conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing these loans. The Corporation is also subject to various laws and regulations that affect its lending activities. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject the Corporation to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against the Corporation.

As of December 31, 2014, 51.8% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial, industrial, and construction loans secured by real estate. Another 12.8% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans not secured by real estate. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than consumer real estate loans or other consumer loans. These types of loans are also typically larger than consumer real estate loans and other consumer loans. Because the Corporation’s loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and industrial, construction, and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for possible loan losses, and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation’s Allowance For Possible Loan Losses May Be Insufficient

The Corporation maintains an allowance for possible loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses, charged to expense. The allowance represents management’s best estimate of expected losses inherent in the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political, and regulatory conditions, and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Determining the appropriate level of the allowance for possible loan losses understandably involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Corporation to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans, and other factors, both within and outside of the Corporation’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for possible loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for possible loan losses, the Corporation will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for possible loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for possible loan losses will result in a decrease in net income, and may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Basel III Capital Requirements May Require Us To Maintain Higher Levels Of Capital, Which Could Reduce Our Profitability

Basel III targets higher levels of base capital, certain capital buffers, and a migration toward common equity as the key source of regulatory capital. Although the new capital requirements are phased in over the next decade, Basel III signals a growing effort by domestic and international bank regulatory agencies to require financial institutions, including depository institutions, to maintain higher levels of capital. As Basel III is implemented, regulatory viewpoints could change and require additional capital to support our business risk profile. If the Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain higher levels of capital, the Corporation and the Bank may have fewer opportunities to invest capital into interest-earning assets, which could limit the profitable business operations available to the Corporation and the Bank and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Future Credit Downgrades Of The United States Government Due To Issues Relating To Debt And The Deficit May Adversely Affect The Corporation

As a result of failure of the federal government to reach agreement over federal debt and the ongoing issues connected with the debt ceiling, certain rating agencies placed the United States Government’s long-term sovereign debt rating on their equivalent of negative watch and announced the possibility of a rating downgrade. The rating agencies, due to constraints related to the rating of the United States, also placed government-sponsored enterprises in which the Corporation invests and receives lines of credit on negative watch and a downgrade of the United States credit rating would trigger a similar downgrade in the credit rating of these government sponsored enterprises. Furthermore, the credit rating of other entities, such as state and local governments, may also be downgraded should the United States credit rating be downgraded. Credit downgrades often cause a lower valuation of the Corporation’s securities.

The Corporation Is Subject To Environmental Liability Risk Associated With Lending Activities

A significant portion of the Corporation’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Corporation may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Corporation may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Corporation to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Corporation’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws, may increase the Corporation’s exposure to environmental liability. Although the Corporation has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

If The Corporation Concludes That The Decline In Value Of Any Of Its Investment Securities Is Other Than Temporary, The Corporation is Required To Write Down The Value Of That Security Through A Charge To Earnings

The Corporation reviews the investment securities portfolio at each quarter-end reporting period to determine whether the fair value is below the current carrying value. When the fair value of any of the investment securities has declined below its carrying value, the Corporation is required to assess whether the decline is other than temporary. If it concludes that the decline is other than temporary, it is required to write down the value of that security through a charge to earnings. Changes in the expected cash flows of these securities and/or prolonged price declines have resulted and may result in concluding in future periods that there is additional impairment of these securities that is other than temporary, which would require a charge to earnings to write down these securities to their fair value. Due to the complexity of the calculations and assumptions used in determining whether an asset is impaired, the impairment disclosed may not accurately reflect the actual impairment in the future.

The Corporation’s Profitability Depends Significantly On Economic Conditions In The Commonwealth Of Pennsylvania And Its Market Area

The Corporation’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and more specifically, the local markets in which the Corporation operates. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, the Corporation provides banking and financial services to customers primarily located in Lancaster County, as well as Berks, Chester, and Lebanon Counties. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for the Corporation’s products and services as well as the ability of the Corporation’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans, and the stability of the Corporation’s deposit funding sources. A significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic occurrences, unemployment, changes in securities markets, or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

The Earnings Of Financial Services Companies Are Significantly Affected By General Business And Economic Conditions

The Corporation’s operations and profitability are impacted by general business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, broad trends in industry and finance, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which the Corporation operates, all of which are beyond the Corporation’s control. Deterioration in economic conditions could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values and a decrease in demand for the Corporation’s products and services, among other things, any of which could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation Operates In A Highly Competitive Industry And Market Area

The Corporation faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, and community banks within the various markets in which the Corporation operates. Additionally, various out-of-state banks have begun to enter or have announced plans to enter the market areas in which the Corporation currently operates. The Corporation also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, online banks, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms, and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of the Corporation’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than the Corporation can offer.

The Corporation’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

The ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards, and safe, sound management practices.

The ability to expand the Corporation’s market position.

The scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands.

The rate at which the Corporation introduces new products and services relative to its competitors.

Customer satisfaction with the Corporation’s level of service.

Industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken the Corporation’s competitive position, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s growth and profitability and have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation Is Subject To Extensive Government Regulation And Supervision

The Corporation is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect the Corporation’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations, and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect the Corporation in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Corporation to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Corporation may offer, and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputation damage, which

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. While the Corporation has policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.

Future Governmental Regulation And Legislation Could Limit The Corporation’s Future Growth.

The Corporation is a registered bank holding company, and its subsidiary bank is a depository institution whose deposits are insured by the FDIC. As a result, the Corporation is subject to various regulations and examinations by various regulatory authorities. In general, statutes establish the corporate governance and eligible business activities for the Corporation, certain acquisition and merger restrictions, limitations on inter-company transactions such as loans and dividends, capital adequacy requirements, requirements for anti-money laundering programs and other compliance matters, among other regulations. The Corporation is extensively regulated under federal and state banking laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Compliance with these statutes and regulations is important to the Corporation’s ability to engage in new activities and consummate additional acquisitions.

In addition, the Corporation is subject to changes in federal and state tax laws as well as changes in banking and credit regulations, accounting principles and governmental economic and monetary policies. The Corporation cannot predict whether any of these changes may adversely and materially affect it. Federal and state banking regulators also possess broad powers to take supervisory actions as they deem appropriate. These supervisory actions may result in higher capital requirements, higher insurance premiums and limitations on the Corporation’s activities that could have a material adverse effect on its business and profitability. While these statutes are generally designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and the FDIC insurance funds, they do not eliminate risk, and compliance with such statutes increases the Corporation’s expense, requires management’s attention and can be a disadvantage from a competitive standpoint with respect to non-regulated competitors.

The Regulatory Environment For The Financial Services Industry Is Being Significantly Impacted By Financial Regulatory Reform Initiatives In The United States And Elsewhere, Including Dodd-Frank And Regulations Promulgated To Implement It

Dodd-Frank, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, comprehensively reforms the regulation of financial institutions, products and services. Dodd-Frank requires various federal regulatory agencies to implement numerous rules and regulations. Because the federal agencies are granted broad discretion in drafting these rules and regulations, many of the details and the impact of Dodd-Frank may not be known for many months or years.

While much of how the Dodd-Frank and other financial industry reforms will change our current business operations depends on the specific regulatory reforms and interpretations, many of which have yet to be released or finalized, it is clear that the reforms, both under Dodd-Frank and otherwise, will have a significant effect on our entire industry. Although Dodd-Frank and other reforms will affect a number of the areas in which we do business, it is not clear at this time the full extent of the adjustments that will be required and the extent to which we will be able to adjust our businesses in response to the requirements. Although it is difficult to predict the magnitude and extent of these effects at this stage, we believe compliance with Dodd-Frank and implementing its regulations and initiatives will negatively impact revenue and increase the cost of doing business, both in terms of transition expenses and on an ongoing basis, and it may also limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

The Corporation’s Banking Subsidiary May Be Required To Pay Higher FDIC Insurance Premiums Or Special Assessments Which May Adversely Affect Its Earnings

Poor economic conditions and the resulting bank failures have increased the costs of the FDIC and depleted its deposit insurance fund. Additional bank failures may prompt the FDIC to increase its premiums above the recently increased levels or to issue special assessments. The Corporation generally is unable to control the amount of premiums or special assessments that its subsidiary is required to pay for FDIC insurance. Any future changes in the calculation or assessment of FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations, financial condition, and the ability to continue to pay dividends on common stock at the current rate or at all.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

The Corporation’s Controls And Procedures May Fail Or Be Circumvented

Management regularly reviews and updates the Corporation’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Corporation’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

New Lines Of Business Or New Products And Services May Subject The Corporation To Additional Risks

From time to time, the Corporation may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, the Corporation may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The Corporation’s Ability To Pay Dividends Depends On Earnings And Is Subject To Regulatory Limits

The Corporation’s ability to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures, and other cash flow requirements. Dividend payments are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on net profits and retained earnings, imposed by the various banking regulatory agencies. There is no assurance that the Corporation will have sufficient earnings to be able to pay dividends or generate adequate cash flow to pay dividends in the future. The Corporation’s failure to pay dividends on its common stock could have a material adverse effect on the market price of its common stock.

Future Acquisitions May Disrupt The Corporation’s Business And Dilute Stockholder Value

The Corporation may use its common stock to acquire other companies or make investments in corporations and other complementary businesses. The Corporation may issue additional shares of common stock to pay for future acquisitions, which would dilute the ownership interest of current shareholders of the Corporation. Future business acquisitions could be material to the Corporation, and the degree of success achieved in acquiring and integrating these businesses into the Corporation could have a material effect on the value of the Corporation’s common stock. In addition, any acquisition could require the Corporation to use substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt. In those events, the Corporation could become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

The Corporation May Need To Or Be Required To Raise Additional Capital In The Future, And Capital May Not Be Available When Needed And On Terms Favorable To Current Shareholders

Federal banking regulators require the Corporation and its subsidiary bank to maintain adequate levels of capital to support their operations. These capital levels are determined and dictated by law, regulation, and banking regulatory agencies. In addition, capital levels are also determined by the Corporation’s management and board of directors based on capital levels that they believe are necessary to support the Corporation’s business operations.

If the Corporation raises capital through the issuance of additional shares of its common stock or other securities, it would likely dilute the ownership interests of current investors and could dilute the per share book value and earnings per share of its common stock. Furthermore, a capital raise through issuance of additional shares may have an adverse impact on the Corporation’s stock price. New investors also may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to the Corporation’s current shareholders, which may adversely impact its current shareholders.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

The Corporation’s ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of its control, and on its financial performance. Accordingly, the Corporation cannot be certain of its ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms and acceptable time frames or to raise additional capital at all. If the Corporation cannot raise additional capital in sufficient amounts when needed, its ability to comply with regulatory capital requirements could be materially impaired. Additionally, the inability to raise capital in sufficient amounts may adversely affect the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation May Not Be Able To Attract And Retain Skilled People

The Corporation’s success highly depends on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by the Corporation can be intense and the Corporation may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of the Corporation’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Corporation’s market, years of industry experience, and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. The Corporation does not currently have employment agreements or non-competition agreements with any of its senior officers.

The Corporation’s Information Systems May Experience An Interruption Or Breach In Security

The Corporation relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Corporation’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While the Corporation has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. Further, while the Corporation maintains insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions including significant self-insured deductibles, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of the Corporation’s information systems could damage the Corporation’s reputation, adversely affecting customer or consumer confidence, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Corporation to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible regulatory penalties, or expose the Corporation to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation Continually Encounters Technological Change

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Corporation’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Corporation’s operations. Many of the Corporation’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Corporation may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Corporation’s Operations Of Its Business, Including Its Interaction With Customers, Are Increasingly Done Via Electronic Means, And This Has Increased Its Risks Related To Cyber Security

The Corporation is exposed to the risk of cyber-attacks in the normal course of business. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. The Corporation has observed an increased level of attention in the industry focused on cyber-attacks that include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. To combat against these attacks, policies and procedures are in place to prevent or limit the effect on the possible security breach of its information systems. While the Corporation maintains insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions including significant self-insured deductibles, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses. While the Corporation has not incurred any material losses related to cyber-attacks, nor is it aware of any specific or threatened

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

cyber-incidents as of the date of this report, it may incur substantial costs and suffer other negative consequences if it falls victim to successful cyber-attacks. Such negative consequences could include remediation costs that may include liability for stolen assets or information and repairing system damage that may have been caused; deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants; lost revenues resulting from unauthorized use of proprietary information or the failure to retain or attract customers following an attack; disruption or failures of physical infrastructure, operating systems or networks that support our business and customers resulting in the loss of customers and business opportunities; additional regulatory scrutiny and possible regulatory penalties; litigation; and reputational damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence.

The Corporation Is Subject To Claims And Litigation Pertaining To Fiduciary Responsibility

From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the Corporation’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the Corporation’s performance of its fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to the Corporation, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Corporation and its products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Financial Services Companies Depend On The Accuracy And Completeness Of Information About Customers And Counterparties

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, the Corporation may rely on information furnished by, or on behalf of, customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. The Corporation may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s business and, in turn, the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

Consumers May Decide Not To Use Banks To Complete Their Financial Transactions

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.

Other Events:

Natural Disasters, Acts Of War Or Terrorism, and Other External Events Could Significantly Impact The Corporation’s Business

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Corporation’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Corporation’s deposit base; impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue, and/or cause the Corporation to incur additional expenses. Severe weather or natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, or other adverse external events, may occur in the future. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Risks Associated With The Corporation’s Common Stock:

The Corporation’s Stock Price Can Be Volatile

Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for shareholders to resell their shares of common stock when they desire and at prices they find attractive. The Corporation’s stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:

·	Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations.
·	Recommendations by securities analysts.
·	Operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Corporation.
·	News reports relating to trends, concerns, and other issues in the financial services industry.
·	Perceptions in the marketplace regarding the Corporation and/or its competitors.
·	New technology used, or services offered, by competitors.
·	Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments by, or involving, the Corporation or its competitors.
·	Changes in government regulations.
·	Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.

General market fluctuations, industry factors, and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, or credit loss trends, could also cause the Corporation’s stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.

The Trading Volume In The Corporation’s Common Stock Is Less Than That Of Other Larger Financial Services Companies

The Corporation’s common stock is listed for trading on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board (OTCBB) exchange. The trading volume in its common stock is a fraction of that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity, and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of the Corporation’s common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which the Corporation has no control. Given the lower trading volume of the Corporation’s common stock, significant sales of the Corporation’s common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause the Corporation’s stock price to fall.

An Investment In The Corporation’s Common Stock Is Not An Insured Deposit

The Corporation’s common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund, or by any other public or private entity. Investment in the Corporation’s common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, an investor in the Corporation’s common stock may lose some or all of their investment.

The Corporation’s Articles Of Association And Bylaws, As Well As Certain Banking Laws, May Have An Anti-Takeover Effect

Provisions of the Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, and the Corporation’s stock purchase rights plan, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Corporation, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the Corporation’s shareholders. The combination of these provisions effectively inhibits a non-negotiated merger or other business combination that could adversely affect the market price of the Corporation’s common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Item 2. Properties

ENB Financial Corp’s headquarters and main office of Ephrata National Bank are located at 31 East Main Street, Ephrata, Pennsylvania.

Listed below are the office locations of properties owned or leased by the Corporation. No mortgages, liens, or encumbrances exist on any of the Corporation’s owned properties. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation leased two properties.

Location

Bldg

Property Location

Owned

Acreage

Sq Ftg

Corporate Headquarters/Main Office

Owned

0.50

42,539

31 East Main Street

Ephrata, Pennsylvania

ENB's Money Management Group

Owned

0.17

11,156

47 East Main Street

Ephrata, Pennsylvania

Technology Center

Owned

0.43

12,208

31 East Franklin Street

Ephrata, Pennsylvania

Administrative Offices

Leased

N/A

5,867

124 East Main Street

Ephrata, Pennsylvania

Main Street Drive-In

Owned

0.41

700

42 East Main Street

Ephrata, Pennsylvania

Cloister Office

Owned

2.00

7,393

809 Martin Avenue

Ephrata, Pennsylvania

Hinkletown Office

Owned

1.30

4,563

935 North Railroad Avenue

New Holland, Pennsylvania

Denver Office

Owned

1.40

5,181

1 Main Street

Denver, Pennsylvania

Akron Office

Owned

1.50

5,861

351 South 7th Street

Akron, Pennsylvania

Lititz Office

Owned

3.53

5,555

3190 Lititz Pike

Lititz, Pennsylvania

Blue Ball Office

Owned

2.27

5,900

110 Marble Avenue

East Earl, Pennsylvania

Manheim Office

Owned

2.81

5,148

1 North Penryn Road

Manheim, Pennsylvania

Leola Office

Leased

N/A

3,736

361 West Main Street

Leola, Pennsylvania

Myerstown Office

Owned

2.07

4,426

615 East Lincoln Avenue

Myerstown, Pennsylvania

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

In addition to the above properties, the Corporation owns two other properties located in the Corporation’s Ephrata Main Street Campus. These properties were acquired in 2002, when a group of properties adjacent to and surrounding the Corporation’s Main Office was purchased. These two properties are being held for future use or possible sale. The other properties purchased in 2002 have been remodeled as office or operational space and are reflected in the offices shown above. The Corporation also owns a four acre parcel of land in Ephrata Borough that was converted from other real estate owned to Bank property as of December 31, 2011. The parcel is being evaluated for future expansion plans.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The nature of the Corporation’s business generates a certain amount of litigation involving matters arising in the ordinary course of business; however, in the opinion of management, there are no material proceedings pending to which the Corporation is a party to, or which would be material in relation to the Corporation’s undivided profits or financial condition. There are no proceedings pending other than ordinary routine litigation incident to the business of the Corporation. In addition, no material proceedings are pending, known to be threatened, or contemplated against the Corporation by governmental authorities.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures – Not Applicable

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Corporation has only one class of stock authorized, issued, and outstanding, which consists of common stock with a par value of $0.20 per share. As of December 31, 2014, there were 12,000,000 shares of common stock authorized with 2,869,557 shares issued, and 2,856,836 shares outstanding to approximately 1,410 shareholders. The Corporation’s common stock is traded on a limited basis on the OTCBB under the symbol “ENBP.” Prices presented in the table below reflect high and low prices of actual transactions known to management. Prices and dividends per share are adjusted for stock splits. Market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark up, mark down, or commission and may not reflect actual transactions.

	2014						2013
	High		Low		Dividend		High		Low		Dividend

First quarter	$	30.90	$	29.38	$	0.26	$	29.00	$	27.39	$	0.26
Second quarter		29.95		29.20		0.27		30.35		28.05		0.26
Third quarter		31.00		29.40		0.27		30.00		29.00		0.26
Fourth quarter		32.30		29.75		0.27		31.25		28.90		0.26

Source - SNL Financial LC

Dividends

Since 1973, the Corporation has paid quarterly cash dividends on or around March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year. The Corporation currently expects to continue the practice of paying quarterly cash dividends to its shareholders for the foreseeable future. However, future dividends are dependent upon future earnings. Certain laws restrict the amount of dividends that may be paid to shareholders in any given year. In addition, under Pennsylvania corporate law, the Corporation may not pay a dividend if, after issuing the dividend (1) the Corporation would be unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (2) the Corporation’s total assets would be less than its total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy any preferential rights of shareholders. In addition, as declared by the Board of Directors, Ephrata National Bank’s dividend restrictions apply indirectly to ENB Financial Corp because cash available for dividend distributions will initially come from dividends Ephrata National Bank

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

pays to ENB Financial Corp. See Note M to the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K filing, for information that discusses and quantifies this regulatory restriction.

ENB Financial Corp offers its shareholders the convenience of a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and the direct deposit of cash dividends. The DRP gives shareholders registered with the Corporation the opportunity to have their quarterly dividends invested automatically in additional shares of the Corporation’s common stock. Shareholders who prefer a cash dividend may have their quarterly dividends deposited directly into a checking or savings account at their financial institution. For additional information on either program, contact the Corporation’s stock registrar and dividend paying agent, Computershare Shareholder Services, P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170.

Purchases

The following table details the Corporation’s purchase of its own common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2014.

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securites

					Total Number of		Maximum Number
	Total Number		Average		Shares Purchased		of Shares that May
	of Shares		Price Paid		as Part of Publicly		Yet be Purchased
Period	Purchased		Per Share		Announced Plans *		Under the Plan *

October 2014		—		—		—		22,060
November 2014		—		—		—		22,060
December 2014		4,550	$	32.20		4,550		17,510

Total		4,550

* On August 13, 2008, the Board of Directors of ENB Financial Corp announced the approval of a plan to purchase, in open market and privately negotiated transactions, up to 140,000 shares of outstanding common stock. Shares repurchased are being held as treasury shares to be utilized in connection with the Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan. The first purchase of common stock under this plan occurred on August 27, 2008. By December 31, 2014, a total of 122,490 shares were repurchased at a total cost of $3,229,000, for an average cost per share of $26.36. Management may choose to repurchase additional shares in 2015.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities and Equity Compensation Plan

The Corporation does not have an equity compensation plan and has not sold any unregistered securities.

Shareholder Performance Graph

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly change in the cumulative total shareholder return on ENB Financial Corp’s common stock against the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index, the Mid-Atlantic Custom Peer Group Index, and the SNL Small Cap Bank Index for the period of five fiscal years commencing December 31, 2009, and ending December 31, 2014. The graph shows that the cumulative investment return to shareholders, based on the assumption that a $100 investment was made on December 31, 2009, in each of the following: the Corporation’s common stock, the Russell 2000 Index, the Mid-Atlantic Custom Peer Group Index, and the SNL Small Cap Bank Index and that all dividends were reinvested in those securities over the past five years, the cumulative total return on such investment would be $190.17, $205.95, $164.07, and $199.80, respectively. The shareholder return shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

	*Period Ending*
Index	12/31/09		12/31/10		12/31/11		12/31/12		12/31/13		12/31/14
ENB Financial Corp		100.00		111.14		113.04		151.85		172.07		190.17
Russell 2000		100.00		126.86		121.56		141.43		196.34		205.95
Mid-Atlantic Custom Peer Group*		100.00		109.30		109.36		127.36		150.73		164.07
SNL Small Cap Bank		100.00		122.16		116.68		135.91		189.56		199.80

*Mid-Atlantic Custom Peer Group consists of 120 commercial banks located in the Mid-Atlantic states of Pennsylvania, New York, New Jersey, Maryland, and Washington D.C. The largest bank in this peer group had assets of $995 million and the smallest had assets of $29 million.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Item 6 - Selected Financial Data

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the Corporation's financial statements and their accompanying notes presented elsewhere herein.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011		2010
	$			$			$			$		$
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Interest income		27,137			26,906			28,267			31,233		32,754
Interest expense		4,676			5,382			6,413			8,246		10,547
Net interest income		22,461			21,524			21,854			22,987		22,207
Provision (credit) for loan losses		(50	)		(225	)		(975	)		1,575		1,800
Other income		9,548			9,397			7,277			7,082		6,960
Other expenses		23,421			21,935			21,169			20,160		20,057
Income before income taxes		8,638			9,211			8,937			8,334		7,310
Provision for federal income taxes		1,546			1,501			1,295			1,186		965
Net income		7,092			7,710			7,642			7,148		6,345

PER SHARE DATA
Net income (basic and diluted)		2.48			2.70			2.68			2.50		2.23
Cash dividends paid		1.07			1.04			1.00			0.96		0.96
Book value at year-end		32.47			29.33			31.39			28.85		25.99

BALANCE SHEET DATA
Total assets		857,208			812,256			799,186			771,146		747,769
Total loans		471,168			438,220			414,359			412,638		415,234
Securities		295,822			300,328			305,634			284,011		259,138
Deposits		699,651			656,626			633,161			605,678		595,594
Total long-term debt		62,300			65,000			73,000			73,000		74,500
Stockholders' equity		92,767			83,776			89,515			82,471		74,233

SELECTED RATIOS
Return on average assets		0.84%			0.96%			0.98%			0.95%		0.85%
Return on average stockholders' equity		7.98%			8.92%			8.87%			9.22%		8.62%
Average equity to average assets ratio		10.57%			10.78%			11.11%			10.26%		9.85%
Dividend payout ratio		43.15%			38.52%			37.31%			38.40%		43.05%
Efficiency ratio		76.11%			73.36%			69.53%			65.36%		65.68%
Net interest margin		3.10%			3.17%			3.35%			3.56%		3.50%

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis represents management’s view of the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and other financial schedules included in this annual report. The financial condition and results of operations presented are not indicative of future performance.

Results of Operations

Overview

The Corporation recorded net income of $7,092,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, an 8.0% decrease from the $7,710,000 earned during the same period in 2013. The 2013 net income was 0.9% higher than the 2012 net income of $7,642,000. Earnings per share, basic and diluted, were $2.48 in 2014, compared to $2.70 in 2013, and $2.68 in 2012.

Lower 2014 earnings were driven primarily by a $1.5 million, or 6.8% increase, in total operating expenses. Expenses increased at a higher pace due to the opening of two new branch offices in 2013 and an expansion of the mortgage function in 2014. Salaries and benefits accounted for $1.0 million of the $1.5 million increase. Additionally, the credit provision for loan losses was smaller in 2014 by $175,000. These impacts to income were not fully offset by the $937,000, or 4.4% increase, in net interest income and a $151,000 increase in total non-interest income.

Net interest income accounts for 70% of the gross income stream of the Corporation. The 4.4% increase in 2014 was a marked improvement from the 1.5% decrease in net interest income that occurred in 2013. However, the Corporation’s net interest margin decreased in 2014 to 3.10% from 3.17% in 2013, driven by decreases in asset yield. Sufficient volume growth in the loan portfolio offset the effect of lower yields; however, interest income on securities was lower despite higher average balances. Lower market interest rates made it possible to continue to achieve savings on funding costs for both deposit accounts and borrowings, the largest contributor to a higher net interest income.

The Corporation’s non-interest income remained relatively stable from 2013 to 2014. Gains on securities of $3.1 million remained the largest single element of non-interest income. While slightly lower than the $3.2 million taken during 2013, the gains on securities remained at a very high level. These gains are a function of management executing on favorable bond pricing given historically low interest rates. Gains on the sale of mortgages were up by $173,000, which compensated for the decline in securities gains.

The financial services industry uses two primary performance measurements to gauge performance: return on average assets (ROA) and return on average equity (ROE). ROA measures how efficiently a bank generates income based on the amount of assets or size of a company. ROE measures the efficiency of a company in generating income based on the amount of equity or capital utilized. The latter measurement typically receives more attention from shareholders. The Corporation’s 2014 ROA was 0.84%, compared to 0.96% in 2013; ROE decreased from 8.92% in 2013 to 7.98% in 2014. The decrease in ROA and ROE was primarily due to slower earnings growth compared to asset and equity growth.

Key Ratios	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2014		2013
Return on Average Assets		0.84%		0.96%
Return on Average Equity		7.98%		8.92%

The results of the Corporation’s operations are best explained by addressing in further detail the five major sections of the income statement, which are as follows:

Net interest income

Provision for loan losses

Other income

Operating expenses

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Income taxes

The following discussion analyzes each of these five components.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income (NII) represents the largest portion of the Corporation’s operating income. In 2014, NII generated 70.2% of the Corporation’s gross revenue stream, compared to 69.6% in 2013, and 75.0% in 2012. Since NII comprises a significant portion of the operating income, the direction and rate of increase or decrease will often indicate the overall performance of the Corporation.

The following table shows a summary analysis of NII on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis. For analytical purposes and throughout this discussion, yields, rates, and measurements such as NII, net interest spread, and net yield on interest earning assets, are presented on an FTE basis. This differs from the NII reflected on the Corporation’s Statements of Income, where the NII is simply the interest earned on loans and securities less the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. By calculating the NII on an FTE basis, the added benefit of having tax-free loans and securities is factored in to more accurately represent what the Corporation earns through the NII. The FTE adjustment shows the benefit these loans and securities bring in a dollar amount because the Corporation does not pay tax on the income they generate. As a result, the FTE NII shown in both tables below will exceed the NII reported on the consolidated statements of income. The amount of FTE adjustment totaled $1,841,000 for 2014, $2,175,000 for 2013, and $2,189,000 for 2012. The decrease in 2014 can be primarily attributed to holding fewer tax-free assets, both in the loan and securities portfolios.

Net Interest Income

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Year ended
	2014		2013		2012
	$		$		$

Total interest income		27,137		26,906		28,267
Total interest expense		4,676		5,382		6,413

Net interest income		22,461		21,524		21,854
Tax equivalent adjustment		1,841		2,175		2,189

Net interest income
(fully taxable equivalent)		24,302		23,699		24,043

NII is the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense incurred on liabilities. Accordingly, two factors affect NII:

The rates charged on interest earning assets and paid on interest bearing liabilities

The average balance of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities

The Federal funds rate, the Prime rate, the shape of the U.S. Treasury curve, and other wholesale funding curves, all affect NII. The Federal Reserve controls the Federal funds rate, which is one of a number of tools available to the Federal Reserve to conduct monetary policy. The Federal funds rate, and guidance on when the rate might be changed, is often the focal point of discussion regarding the direction of interest rates. The Federal funds rate has not changed since December of 2008. While the Federal Reserve has not changed the Federal funds rate over the past six years, it has been utilizing a number of other granted powers to help stimulate the economy while managing monetary policy, including maintaining low levels of inflation. This period of over six years with extremely low overnight rates is the lowest and longest in U.S. history. It appears this low interest rate environment will continue well into 2015, although there is a possibility that the Federal Reserve could increase overnight rates later in the year.

The Prime rate is generally used by commercial banks to extend variable rate loans to business and commercial customers. For many years, the Prime rate has been set at 300 basis points, or 3.00% higher, than the Federal funds rate and typically moves when the Federal funds rate changes. As such, the Prime rate has also not moved from its historic low of 3.25% since December 31, 2008.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The fact that the Federal funds rate and the Prime rate have remained at these very low levels for five years has made it difficult to grow the NII of the Corporation as the net interest margin has declined. Initially, in the early part of this six-year period, management was able to grow interest earning assets sufficiently to offset the loss of margin, to increase NII. However, in 2012 and 2013, the Corporation’s NII and margin experienced declines. In 2014, NII on a tax equivalent basis increased by $603,000, or 2.5%, but the Corporation’s margin still showed a decline. This is typical in a prolonged low rate environment when additional savings on interest expense are limited, while yields on the Corporation’s longer assets continue to reprice to lower levels. This causes a decline in the Corporation’s margin, but the impact of the decrease in margin can be offset by sufficient increases in interest earning assets, causing an increase in NII.

The extended extremely low Federal funds rate has enabled management to reduce the cost of funds on overnight borrowings and allowed lower interest rates paid on deposits, reducing the Corporation’s interest expense, while the decrease in the Prime rate has reduced the yield on the Corporation’s Prime-based loans. In this environment the Corporation’s fixed rate loans and securities have generally repriced to lower rates as they mature or reach the end of their fixed rate period. This has occurred over the past six years and continues to cause lower yields on the Corporation’s assets.

Security yields fluctuate more rapidly than loan yields based primarily on the changes to the U.S. Treasury rates and yield curve. With lower U.S. Treasury rates on average in 2014 compared to 2013, most of the security reinvesting was occurring at lower rates. As the volume of securities sold at gains continued at a higher level, this also resulted in more reinvestment at lower rates. Management did generally direct a portion of the security sale proceeds into loan growth. Additionally, management repositioned within the security portfolio and purchased shorter assets which impacted security yield. Meanwhile, the Corporation’s loan yield has continued to decline as new loans are going on at among the lowest loan rates of this interest rate cycle. Management does price above the Prime rate on variable rate loans, which helps with loan yield, however, these rates on average are still lower than the typical fixed rate loan. Therefore, any increases in total variable rate loans will generally reduce overall loan portfolio yield. An element of the Corporation’s Prime-based commercial loans is priced above the Prime rate based on the level of credit risk of the borrower. Additionally, certain variable rate consumer loans are priced above Prime. Prime-based pricing continues to be driven largely by local competition.

Mid-term and long-term interest rates generally declined throughout 2014 with little moves up and down throughout the year, but ultimately ending lower than they were at the start of the year. The 10-year U.S. Treasury yield stood at 2.17% on December 31, 2014, compared to 3.04% at December 31, 2013. This had the impact of decreasing the U.S. Treasury curve slope with less than 200 basis points of spread between the 10-year and overnight funds. This provided opportunities at year-end to sell securities at higher gains, increasing income at December 31, 2014. However, the materially lower U.S. Treasury rates had a negative impact to the yield on securities. Additionally, with a flatter yield curve and lower mid and long-term interest rates, management was not able to increase loan rates to improve yield. As a result, the Corporation’s asset yield continued to decline.

The slope of the yield curve has fluctuated many times in the past two years with the overnight rates remaining the same, with the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield as high as 3.04% in 2013 and 3.01% in 2014, and as low as 1.66% in 2013, and 2.07% in 2014. The Treasury slope was significantly lower at December 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013, inhibiting the overall yield achieved on loans and securities. The average 10-year U.S. Treasury yield was approximately 2.54% in 2014 versus 2.35% in 2013. The weakening of the slope of the yield curve has increased unrealized gains on the Corporation’s securities, which in turn increased capital.

While it is becoming increasingly difficult to achieve savings on the Corporation’s overall cost of funds, management was able to selectively reprice time deposits and borrowings to lower levels during 2014 resulting in nominal savings. Generally, it was longer-term CDs repricing at lower rates that helped to achieve interest expense savings on deposits. It is not anticipated that interest rates on interest bearing core deposits can be reduced further in 2015 as these rates have already been reduced pretty significantly over the course of the past few years. While CD rate reductions are also limited, there are still small savings to be achieved in CDs repricing down from higher rates five years ago. Borrowing costs and the wholesale borrowing curves that they are based on generally follow the direction and slope of the U.S. Treasury curve, however these curves can be quicker to rise and slower to fall as the providers of these funds seek to protect themselves from rate movements. The Corporation was able to refinance borrowings at lower rates in 2014 and expects this trend to continue in 2015 as some advances at higher rates mature and are replaced by lower cost borrowings.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Management currently anticipates that the overnight interest rate and Prime rate will remain at these historically low levels through the first half of 2015 with the possibility of a small rate increase in the second half of the year. It is likely that the mid and long-term Treasury rates could increase throughout the course of the year in anticipation of a Federal Reserve rate movement. This would allow management to achieve higher earnings on assets if the opportunity for higher yielding securities and the ability to price new loans at higher market rates occurred. If the Federal Reserve would act to increase overnight rates it is also possible that the yield curve could flatten, making it more difficult for management to protect net interest margin, as generally the Corporation will lend out or reinvest out further on the yield curve.

The following table provides an analysis of year-to-year changes in net interest income by distinguishing what changes were a result of average balance increases or decreases and what changes were a result of interest rate increases or decreases.

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

(TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS, DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	2014 vs. 2013									2013 vs. 2012
	Increase (Decrease)									Increase (Decrease)
	Due To Change In									Due To Change In
							Net									Net
	Average			Interest			Increase			Average			Interest			Increase
	Balances			Rates			(Decrease)			Balances			Rates			(Decrease)
	$			$			$			$			$			$
INTEREST INCOME

Interest on deposits at other banks		—			(10	)		(10	)		2			(9	)		(7	)

Securities available for sale:
Taxable		299			(104	)		195			(40	)		(213	)		(253	)
Tax-exempt		(193	)		(380	)		(573	)		723			(745	)		(22	)
Total securities		106			(484	)		(378	)		683			(958	)		(275	)
Loans		1,223			(1,047	)		176			870			(1,998	)		(1,128	)
Regulatory stock		(2	)		111			109			(1	)		36			35

Total interest income		1,327			(1,430	)		(103	)		1,554			(2,929	)		(1,375	)

INTEREST EXPENSE

Deposits:
Demand deposits		25			(9	)		16			37			(58	)		(21	)
Savings deposits		5			(3	)		2			9			(44	)		(35	)
Time deposits		(112	)		(305	)		(417	)		(223	)		(488	)		(711	)
Total deposits		(82	)		(317	)		(399	)		(177	)		(590	)		(767	)

Borrowings:
Total borrowings		14			(321	)		(307	)		(135	)		(129	)		(264	)

Total interest expense		(68	)		(638	)		(706	)		(312	)		(719	)		(1,031	)

NET INTEREST INCOME		1,395			(792	)		603			1,866			(2,210	)		(344	)

In 2014, the Corporation’s NII on an FTE basis increased by $603,000 compared to 2013, a 2.5% increase. Total interest income on an FTE basis for 2014 decreased $103,000, or 0.4%, from 2013, while interest expense decreased $706,000, or 13.1%, from 2013 to 2014. The FTE interest income from the securities portfolio decreased by $378,000, or 4.0%, while loan interest income increased $176,000, or 0.9%. During 2014, loan demand increased and additional loan volume added $1,223,000 to net interest income, but the lower yields caused a $1,047,000 reduction, resulting in a net increase of only $176,000. Although the growth in the securities portfolio added $106,000 to net interest income, the lower yields on securities caused a $484,000 reduction, resulting in a net decrease of $378,000.

Interest bearing liabilities increased throughout 2014. However, the shift between time deposit balances and demand and savings accounts resulted in a more favorable net interest income. Lower time deposit balances contributed to savings of $82,000 on deposit costs in total. Lower interest rates on all deposit groups caused

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

$317,000 of savings, resulting in net savings of $399,000. Out of all the Corporation’s deposit types, demand deposits reprice the most rapidly, as nearly all accounts are immediately affected by rate changes. The Corporation reduced demand deposit interest expense by $9,000 due to lower rates. Time deposit balances decreased resulting in a $112,000 reduction to expense, and time deposits repricing to lower interest rates reduced interest expense by an additional $305,000, causing a net reduction of $417,000 in time deposit interest expense. Even with the historically low rate environment, the Corporation was successful in increasing balances of other deposit types by providing competitive rates. As 2014 progressed and interest rates remained low, the Corporation was able to continue to reprice time deposits maturing at lower interest rates thereby reducing the cost of these funds significantly. Management was also able to reduce interest rates throughout the year on the other interest bearing core deposit balances.

The average balance of outstanding borrowings increased by $1.0 million, or 1.5%, from December 31, 2013, to December 31, 2014. The increase in total borrowings increased interest expense by $14,000. The decline in interest rates decreased interest expense by $321,000 as long-term borrowings at higher rates matured and were replaced with new advances at lower rates. The aggregate of these amounts was a decrease in interest expense of $307,000 related to total borrowings.

The following table shows a more detailed analysis of net interest income on an FTE basis shown with all the major elements of the Corporation’s balance sheet, which consists of interest earning and non-interest earning assets and interest bearing and non-interest bearing liabilities. Additionally, the analysis provides the net interest spread and the net yield on interest earning assets. The net interest spread is the difference between the yield on interest earning assets and the interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities. The net interest spread has the deficiency of not giving credit for the non-interest bearing funds and capital used to fund a portion of the total interest earning assets. For this reason, Management emphasizes the net yield on interest earning assets, also referred to as the net interest margin (NIM). The NIM is calculated by dividing net interest income on an FTE basis into total average interest earning assets. The NIM is generally the benchmark used by analysts to measure how efficiently a bank generates NII.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

COMPARATIVE AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND NET INTEREST INCOME

(TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS, DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014						2013						2012

	Average				Yield/		Average				Yield/		Average				Yield/
	Balance		Interest		Rate		Balance		Interest		Rate		Balance		Interest		Rate
	$		$		%		$		$		%		$		$		%
ASSETS
Interest earning assets:
Federal funds sold and
deposits at other banks		20,808		63		0.30		20,785		73		0.35		20,287		80		0.40

Securities available for sale:
Taxable		207,377		4,257		2.05		192,892		4,062		2.11		194,696		4,315		2.22
Tax-exempt		100,397		4,917		4.90		104,158		5,490		5.27		91,328		5,512		6.04
Total securities (d)		307,774		9,174		2.98		297,050		9,552		3.22		286,024		9,827		3.44

Loans (a)		452,946		19,580		4.32		425,338		19,404		4.56		407,531		20,532		5.04

Regulatory stock		3,768		161		4.28		3,878		52		1.34		4,199		17		0.41

Total interest earning assets		785,296		28,978		3.69		747,051		29,081		3.89		718,041		30,456		4.24

Non-interest earning assets (d)		55,273						55,361						58,001

Total assets		840,569						802,412						776,042

LIABILITIES &
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits		152,239		273		0.18		138,258		257		0.19		120,861		278		0.23
Savings accounts		127,510		68		0.05		118,422		67		0.06		108,334		102		0.09
Time deposits		214,173		2,749		1.28		222,257		3,165		1.42		236,462		3,877		1.64
Borrowed funds		70,616		1,586		2.25		69,595		1,893		2.72		74,298		2,156		2.90
Total interest bearing liabilities		564,538		4,676		0.83		548,532		5,382		0.98		539,955		6,413		1.19

Non-interest bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits		183,998						164,000						146,260
Other		3,195						3,408						3,634

Total liabilities		751,731						715,940						689,849

Stockholders' equity		88,838						86,472						86,193

Total liabilities & stockholders' equity		840,569						802,412						776,042

Net interest income (FTE)				24,302						23,699						24,043

Net interest spread (b)						2.86						2.91						3.05
Effect of non-interest
bearing funds						0.24						0.26						0.30
Net yield on interest earning assets (c)						3.10						3.17						3.35

(a) Includes balances of non-accrual loans and the recognition of any related interest income. Average balances also include net deferred loan costs of $402,000 in 2014, $253,000 in 2013, and $23,000 in 2012. Such fees recognized through income and included in the interest amounts totaled ($141,000) in 2014, ($85,000) in 2013, and $2,000 in 2012.

(b) Net interest spread is the arithmetic difference between the yield on interest earning assets and the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.

(c) Net yield, also referred to as net interest margin, is computed by dividing net interest income (FTE) by total interest earning assets.

(d) Securities recorded at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains and losses are included in non-interest earning assets.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The Corporation’s interest income decreased at a faster pace than interest expense, resulting in a lower NIM of 3.10% for 2014, compared to 3.17% for 2013. The yield earned on assets dropped 20 basis points while the rate paid on liabilities dropped 15 basis points. Management does not anticipate any significant improvements in NIM in 2015 as asset yields continue to be a challenge and only slight cost of funds savings continue. Loan yields were at historically low levels during 2014 due to the extended low-rate environment as well as extremely competitive pricing for the loan opportunities in the market. It is anticipated that these yields will improve slightly throughout 2015 as the economy improves and loan demand increases, reducing pricing pressures and intense competition for loans. The growth in the loan portfolio made up for the decrease in interest income due to lower yields and resulted in a higher absolute amount of interest income for 2014.

Loan pricing was a challenge in 2014 as a result of intensified competitive forces resulting in fixed-rate loans being priced at very low levels and variable-rate loans priced at the Prime rate, or below Prime, by other local competition in the market. The Prime rate is below typical fixed-rate business and commercial loans, which generally range between 3.50% and 6.00%, depending on term and credit risk. Management was able to price customers with higher levels of credit risk at Prime plus pricing but these rates were still generally below the fixed rate loan-pricing levels. While Prime-based loans will aid the Corporation when interest rates rise, any increase in Prime-based loans will generally cause the Corporation’s average loan yield to decrease since the absolute rate is lower. The Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) carefully monitors the NIM because it indicates trends in net interest income, the Corporation’s largest source of revenue. For more information on the plans and strategies in place to protect the NIM and moderate the impact of rising rates, please refer to Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Yields on the Corporation’s securities declined 24 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2013. This compares to a 22 basis point decline in securities yield that occurred from 2012 to 2013. In years prior to 2013, most of the cash flow received from the securities portfolio was reinvested at significantly lower yields. The low point in reinvestment at lower rates was in July 2012 when the 10-year U.S. Treasury was as low as 1.43%. However, in the last half of 2013, when mid and long-term Treasury rates had increased, the Corporation was able to invest in the securities portfolio at slightly higher yields than had been available in the previous years. The 10-year yield was 1.78% as of December 31, 2012, and had risen to a high of 3.04% as of December 31, 2013, but then dropped back down to 2.17% at December 31, 2014. Management anticipates that the U.S. Treasury rates will generally increase in 2015 with normal cyclical fluctuations. It is likely the average 10-year yield will be moderately higher in 2015 than it was in 2014. Portfolio yield would then improve as a result of a more favorable slope to the yield curve and a slowing of amortization on CMO and MBS securities. As interest rates rise, principal prepayments will slow down causing amortization of premiums on these securities to decline.

The interest rate paid on deposits and borrowings decreased for the year ended December 31, 2014, from the same period in 2013. Management follows a disciplined pricing strategy on core deposit products that are not rate sensitive, meaning that the balances do not fluctuate significantly when interest rates change. Rates on interest-bearing checking accounts and money market accounts were not changed in 2014, but time deposit rate changes as well as time deposits repricing to lower rates helped to reduce the cost of funds on these instruments by 14 basis points during the year. Management captured rate savings on time deposits as large portions of the time deposit portfolio matured and repriced to lower interest rates when renewed. Typically, the Corporation sees increases in time deposits during periods when consumers are not confident in the stock market and economic conditions deteriorate. During these periods, there is a “flight to safety” to federally insured deposits. This trend occurred in past years, but time deposit balances declined throughout 2012, 2013, and 2014. As the rate between time deposits and core deposits narrowed, many customers chose to transfer funds from maturing time deposits into checking and savings accounts. A newer trend affecting deposit growth is customers’ concern about the financial health of their financial institution, which supersedes their interest in obtaining the best market interest rates. This trend benefits the Corporation due to its high capital levels and track record of strong and stable earnings. The Corporation’s Bauer Financial rating of 5, the highest level of their rating scale, has assisted the Bank in gaining deposits over the past several years.

The Corporation’s average rate on borrowed funds decreased by 47 basis points from 2013 to 2014, as several long-term borrowings matured and management was able to refinance into new long-term borrowings at lower interest rates, or not replace the matured borrowings at all. Throughout most of 2014, the fixed borrowing rates were lower than the average rate paid on the Corporation’s existing borrowings. The Corporation will have opportunities to decrease borrowing costs further in 2015, as additional fixed rate borrowings mature or reprice and new advances are obtained at lower rates.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses provides for losses inherent in the loan portfolio as determined by a quarterly analysis and calculation of various factors related to the loan portfolio. The amount of the provision reflects the adjustment that management determines is necessary to ensure that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover any losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The Corporation gives special attention to the level of delinquent loans. The analysis of the loan loss allowance takes into consideration, among other things, the following factors:

levels and trends in delinquencies, non-accruals, and charge-offs,

trends within the loan portfolio,

changes in lending policies and procedures,

experience of lending personnel and management oversight,

national and local economic trends,

concentrations of credit,

external factors such as legal and regulatory requirements,

changes in the quality of loan review and Board oversight,

changes in the value of underlying collateral.

A credit provision in the amount of $50,000 was recorded in 2014, compared to a credit provision of $225,000 in 2013. The credit provisions were primarily due to the following factors:

Lower levels of delinquent and non-performing loans,

Lower balances of classified loans compared to prior years,

Decreased charge-offs,

Improved economic conditions resulting in lower qualitative factors.

Prior to 2012, the annual provision expense was at increased levels to account for difficult economic conditions that had an impact on the financial health of the Corporation’s borrowers. Throughout 2012, 2013, and 2014, because of the factors listed above, the allowance for loan loss calculation indicated a need to reduce the provision because of significant improvements in the loan portfolio related to delinquent, non-performing, and classified loans as well as more recent improved economic metrics, which allowed for a reduction of several qualitative factors within the calculation. Because of the credit provisions, the allowance as a percentage of loans decreased from 1.65% at December 31, 2013, to 1.52% by the end of 2014. Total charge-offs for 2014 amounted to $235,000, compared to $147,000 in 2013. It is anticipated that the Corporation may record a provision expense in 2015 as a result of growth in the loan portfolio and anticipated regulatory changes.

Management also continues to provide for estimated losses on pools of similar loans based on historical loss experience. Management utilizes qualitative factors every quarter designed to adjust historical loss experience to take into consideration the current trends in loan volume, concentrations of credit, delinquencies, changes in lending practices, and the quality of the Corporation’s underwriting, credit analysis, lending staff, and Board oversight. Additionally, national and local economic trends and conditions are considered to help determine the impact on the amount of loan loss allowance the Corporation should be carrying on the various types of loans. In 2014, several qualitative factor adjustments were made. Changes were made across all factors, but specifically those related to quality of loan review and changes in the Board of Directors which were reduced due to consistency; commercial loan external factors which fell due to the slower pace of new regulations; agricultural trend qualitative factor which decreased due to lower dairy growth in the fourth quarter of 2014; and business loan, mortgage, and commercial real estate collateral qualitative factors which declined due to improving real estate values. Loan growth improved in 2014, causing an increase in adjustments for portfolio trends. The periodic adjustment of qualitative factors allows the Corporation’s historical loss experience to be continually updated to more accurately project estimated credit losses.

Management continues to evaluate the allowance for loan losses in relation to the growth or decline of the loan portfolio and its associated credit risk, and believes the provision and the allowance for loan losses are adequate to provide for future loan losses. For further discussion of the calculation, see the “Allowance for Loan Losses” section.

Other Income

Other income for 2014 was $9,548,000, an increase of $151,000, or 1.6%, compared to the $9,397,000 earned in 2013. The following table details the categories that comprise other income.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

OTHER INCOME

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	2014 vs. 2013										2013 vs. 2012
	2014		2013		Increase (Decrease)						2013		2012		Increase (Decrease)
	$		$		$			%			$		$		$			%
Trust and investment services		1,302		1,242		60			4.8			1,242		1,105		137			12.4
Service charges on deposit accounts		1,186		1,123		63			5.6			1,123		1,133		(10	)		(0.9	)
Other fees		584		628		(44	)		(7.0	)		628		601		27			4.5
Commissions		1,956		1,965		(9	)		(0.5	)		1,965		1,946		19			1.0
Net realized gains on sales
of securities available for sale		3,109		3,217		(108	)		(3.4	)		3,217		940		2,277			242.2
Gains on sale of mortgages		414		241		173			71.8			241		296		(55	)		(18.6	)
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance		640		637		3			0.5			637		927		(290	)		(31.3	)
Other miscellaneous income		357		344		13			3.8			344		329		15			4.6

Total other income		9,548		9,397		151			1.6			9,397		7,277		2,120			29.1

Trust and investment services income increased 4.8% from 2013 to 2014, after increasing 12.4% from 2012 to 2013. In 2014, trust and investment services revenue accounted for 4.1% of the Corporation’s gross revenue stream, including gains and losses on securities and mortgages, compared to 4.0% in 2013, and 3.8% in 2012. Trust and investment services revenue consists of income from traditional trust services and income from investment services provided through a third party. In 2014, the traditional trust business accounted for $920,000, or 70.7%, of total trust and investment services income, with the investment services totaling $382,000, or 29.3%. In 2014, traditional trust services income increased $88,000, or 10.6%, over 2013 levels, while investment services income decreased $28,000, or 6.8%, from 2013 levels. The amount of customer investment activity drives the investment services income. The increase in trust revenue in 2014 was primarily caused by a new trust fee schedule that was implemented in the fourth quarter of 2013. The investment services area experienced a significant increase in revenue from 2012 to 2013, with activity down slightly in 2014. The trust and investment services area continues to be an area of strategic focus for the Corporation. Management believes there is a great need for retirement, estate, and small business planning in the Corporation’s service area. Management also sees these services as being a necessary part of a comprehensive line of financial solutions across the organization.

Service charges on deposit accounts for the year ended December 31, 2014, increased by $63,000, or 5.6%, compared to 2013. Overdraft service charges for 2014, which comprise approximately 82% of the total deposit service charges, increased to $977,000, from $940,000 in 2013, a 3.9% increase. Several other categories of fees increased over the prior year as a result of fee schedule changes that increased certain deposit service charges.

Other fees decreased for the year ended December 31, 2014, by $44,000, or 7.0%, compared to the previous year. This was primarily due to a decrease in loan modification fees. These are not modifications done as a result of the loan customer’s inability to pay, which are referred to as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). These modifications were the result of the loan customer paying a fee to change the rate and/or term of the loan. These loan customers are assessed fees based on the remaining balance of the loan. These amendments allow customers to obtain favorable terms without completely rewriting the loan. These loan amendments do not involve delinquent loans, or loans with collateral quality deterioration, which are restructured loans. These fees decreased by $155,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the prior year as there were very few modifications made in 2014 while a large volume of modifications occurred in 2013. Partially offsetting this significant decrease, loan administration fees increased by $64,000, letter of credit fees increased by $25,000, and various other fee income categories increased or decreased slightly accounting for the remainder of the change.

Gains on security transactions were elevated for the past two years. For the year ended December 31, 2014, $3,109,000 of gains on securities transactions were recorded compared to $3,217,000 for 2013, a $108,000, or 3.4% decrease. Gains or losses taken on securities fluctuate based on market conditions including:

large swings in market pricing, utilizing volatility and market timing to the Corporation’s advantage,

appreciation or deterioration of a securities value due to changes in interest rates, credit risk, financial performance, or market dynamics such as spread and liquidity,

sale of securities at gains to fund loan growth,

opportunities to reposition the securities portfolio to improve long-term earnings, or

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

management’s asset liability goals to improve liquidity or reduce interest rate or fair value risk.

The gains or losses recorded depend entirely on management’s active trades based on the above. Losses can be in the form of active sales of securities, or impairment of securities, which involve writing the security down to a lower value based on anticipated credit losses. During 2013, management was able to take advantage of favorable market conditions and sell a number of securities for net gains of $3,388,000, offsetting $171,000 of impairment charges for the year and resulting in net securities gains of $3,217,000. In 2014, net securities gains amounted to $3,131,000, offsetting $22,000 of impairment charges for the year resulting in net securities gains of $3,109,000.

The sales of securities in 2013 and 2014 were greater than prior years because of the very low interest rate environment that presented many opportunities to sell securities at large gains. Sales were high in all quarters during 2014, but particularly in the fourth quarter when $1,240,000 of gains were taken due to the favorable market conditions driven by lower U.S. Treasury rates. Management had desired to take a significant amount of gains in 2014. Bond pricing continually improved throughout the year, providing opportunities for management to capitalize on improved pricing. Meanwhile, loan growth accelerated during the fourth quarter providing opportunities to both sell securities at gains and use the proceeds to fund new loans. This is one of the core elements of management’s plan to increase asset yield and protect margin, by converting securities into loans and improving the Corporation’s loan to deposit ratio.

Gains on the sale of mortgages in 2014 increased $173,000, or 71.8%, from 2013. Refinance activity was lower in 2014 compared to 2013, so most gains generated during the year were from new purchase fundings. Additionally, a higher percentage of mortgage loans originated in 2014 were sold on the secondary market as opposed to held in the Corporation’s portfolio generating higher levels of gains. Management has budgeted for a significant increase in the gains on the sale of mortgages in 2015, as this is an area of strategic initiative and the Corporation believes there is room for growth and obtaining a higher percentage of the market share in the mortgage area.

Operating Expenses

The following table provides details of the Corporation’s operating expenses for the last three years along with the percentage increase or decrease for 2014 and 2013 compared to the previous year.

OPERATING EXPENSES

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	2014 vs. 2013										2013 vs. 2012
	2014		2013		Increase (Decrease)						2013		2012		Increase (Decrease)
	$		$		$			%			$		$		$			%

Salaries and employee benefits		13,943		12,913		1,030			8.0			12,913		12,502		411			3.3
Occupancy expenses		1,958		1,745		213			12.2			1,745		1,677		68			4.1
Equipment expenses		1,102		967		135			14.0			967		855		112			13.1
Advertising & marketing expenses		474		486		(12	)		(2.5	)		486		405		81			20.0
Computer software & data
processing expenses		1,624		1,582		42			2.7			1,582		1,623		(41	)		(2.5	)
Shares tax		714		863		(149	)		(17.3	)		863		810		53			6.5
Professional services		1,395		1,240		155			12.5			1,240		1,154		86			7.5
Other operating expenses		2,211		2,139		72			3.4			2,139		2,143		(4	)		(0.2	)
Total operating expenses		23,421		21,935		1,486			6.8			21,935		21,169		766			3.6

Salaries and employee benefits are the largest category of other expenses. In general, they comprise close to 60% of the Corporation’s total operating expenses. For the year 2014, salaries and benefits increased $1,030,000, or 8.0%. Salaries increased by $843,000, or 8.8% for the year, while employee benefits increased by $187,000, or 5.6%. Insurance costs increased $77,000, or 4.6%, from 2013 to 2014, due primarily to an increase in health insurance expense of $69,000, or 4.6%. Pension and 401(K) expenses were $688,000 in 2014, compared to $608,000 in 2013, a 13.2% increase. The pension portion experienced a $48,000, or 11.4% increase. The 401(K) portion of these expenses is much smaller in scope than the pension expenses since the Corporation is matching a maximum of up to 2.5% of salary depending on employee contributions, compared to contributing 5.0% of salary in the pension plan. The 401(K) expenses increased $32,000, or 17.3%.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Occupancy expenses consist of the following:

Depreciation of bank buildings

Real estate taxes and property insurance

Utilities

Building repair and maintenance

Lease expense

Occupancy expenses have increased by $213,000, or 12.2%, for 2014 compared to 2013. Most of the increase in this area can be attributed to two new branch offices that were opened during 2013. Building depreciation costs increased by $58,000, or 9.6%. Lease expense increased by $44,000, or 122.8%, due to the full year lease of the Leola office space as well as a partial year of lease expense related to the rental of additional operational space in downtown Ephrata for operational expansion. The cost of snow removal increased by $41,000, or 144.2%, from 2013 to 2014. Utilities costs increased by $36,000, or 6.1%, from 2013 to 2014. Several other occupancy categories increased or decreased minimally making up the remainder of the year-over-year increase in expenses.

Equipment expenses increased by $135,000, or 14.0%, for 2014, compared to 2013. The largest component of equipment expenses is depreciation on furniture and fixtures, which increased by $93,000, or 15.5%, from 2013 to 2014. The second largest component is equipment service contracts, which increased by $52,000, or 22.5%, from 2013 to 2014. Management has been entering into more service contracts to stabilize and better control long-term maintenance and service costs on bank equipment. Additional equipment was added due to the two newer branches that experienced the first full year of costs in 2014.

Advertising and marketing expenses for the year decreased by $12,000, or 2.5%, from 2013 levels. These expenses can be further broken down into two categories, marketing expenses and public relations. The marketing expenses totaled $320,000 in 2014, which was a $22,000, or 6.4% decrease, from 2013. There was no radio advertising expense in 2014, compared to $54,000 of expense the prior year. In addition, point of sale and direct mail advertising expenses decreased by $33,000, or 52.0%, and $24,000, or 53.3%, respectively in 2014 compared to 2013. Partially offsetting these decreases, other advertising expenses increased $45,000, or 252.4%, while newspaper advertising increased $35,000, or 38.2%, from 2013 to 2014. Marketing expenses support the overall business strategies of the Corporation; therefore, the timing of these expenses is dependent upon those strategies. Public relations, the smaller category of advertising and marketing expenses, totaled $154,000 for 2014, compared to $144,000 for 2013. Fairs and expos, promotional items, and sponsorships make up this category.

Bank shares tax expense was $714,000 for 2014, a decrease of $149,000, or 17.3%, from 2013. The PA bank shares tax formula changed for 2014 resulting in a lower tax amount for the Corporation. Two main factors determine the amount of bank shares tax: the ending value of shareholders’ equity and the ending value of tax-exempt U.S. obligations. The 2013 shares tax calculation formula utilized a rolling six-year average of taxable shares, which was the average shareholders’ equity of the Bank less the average amount of exempt U.S. obligations held. The shares tax calculation in 2014 changed to using a period-end balance of shareholders’ equity and a tax rate of 0.89% versus 1.25% in 2013 and prior years, resulting in a lower tax amount.

Professional services expenses increased $155,000, or 12.5%, from 2013 levels. Professional services include accounting and auditing fees, legal fees, and other third-party services. Outside service fees which include expenses for services related to hosting our online banking platform, trust transaction processing, and office cleaning services all provided through third parties increased by $132,000, or 24.7%, in 2014 compared to 2013. Several other professional services showed slight increases from the prior year making up the remainder of the variance. A focus on the Corporation’s mobile banking platform increased third party costs, as well as cleaning services being impacted by the two newest branch locations as well as the additional leased operational space.

Management uses the efficiency ratio as one metric to evaluate operating expenses. The efficiency ratio measures the efficiency of the Corporation in producing one dollar of revenue. For example, an efficiency ratio of 65% means it costs sixty-five cents to generate one dollar of revenue. A lower ratio represents better operational efficiency. The formula for calculating the efficiency ratio is total operating expenses, excluding foreclosed property and OREO expenses, divided by net interest income on an FTE basis, prior to the provision for loan losses, plus other income, excluding gain or loss on the sale of securities. For 2014, the Corporation’s efficiency ratio was 76.1%, compared to 73.4% for 2013. Net interest income has the largest impact to the efficiency ratio. In the current rate environment with interest rates at historic lows and the net interest margin compressed, management’s goal is to reduce the efficiency ratio to below 70%. While a lower efficiency ratio is desired by management, the interest rate

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

environment, and when the Federal Reserve begins to increase overnight interest rates, will play a large part in determining when the Corporation’s efficiency ratio improves and the degree to which improvements can be made.

Income Taxes

Nearly all of the Corporation’s income is taxed at a corporate rate of 34% for Federal income tax purposes. The Corporation is also subject to Pennsylvania Corporate Net Income Tax; however, no taxable activity is conducted at the corporate level. The Corporation’s wholly owned subsidiary, Ephrata National Bank, is not subject to state income tax, but does pay Pennsylvania Bank Shares Tax. The Bank Shares Tax expense appears on the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Income under operating expenses.

Certain items of income are not subject to Federal income tax, such as tax-exempt interest income on loans and securities, and increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance; therefore, the effective income tax rate for the Corporation is lower than the stated tax rate. The effective tax rate is calculated by dividing the Corporation’s provision for income tax by the pre-tax income for the applicable period.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Corporation recorded a tax provision of $1,546,000, compared to $1,501,000 for 2013. The effective tax rate for the Corporation was 17.9% for 2014, compared to 16.3% for 2013. A lower level of tax-exempt assets as a percentage of total assets caused the higher effective Federal income tax rate for 2014.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Financial Condition

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of the cash on hand in the Corporation’s vaults, operational transaction accounts with the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), and deposits in other banks. The FRB requires a specified amount of cash available either in vault cash or in an FRB account. Known as cash reserves, these funds provide for the daily clearing house activity of the Corporation and fluctuate based on the volume of each day’s transactions. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation had $43.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, compared to $24.6 million as of December 31, 2013. Management has been carrying larger cash balances as part of an asset liability strategy to provide an immediate hedge against interest rate risk and liquidity risk. Deposit growth outpaced loan growth in 2013 and 2014, which provided more liquidity and allowed management to carry higher cash levels.

As a result of the actions of the Board of Governors on December 16, 2008, financial institutions have been able to receive a rate of 0.25%, equivalent to the Federal funds rate, on reserves held at the FRB. Because this rate matched the Federal funds rate that could be obtained at other correspondent banks, management began to keep larger balances at the FRB and less Federal funds. Additionally, management made the decision to invest excess cash in a money market account at another financial institution in the fourth quarter of 2011. This money market account yielded a return of 0.40% at December 31, 2014, 15 basis points more than the return received from the FRB. This decision had the effect of altering the mix of cash and cash equivalents to more interest bearing deposits in banks and less Federal funds sold. The cash and cash equivalents represent only one element of liquidity. For further discussion on liquidity management, refer to Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Sources and Uses of Funds

The following table shows an overview of the Corporation’s primary sources and uses of funds. This table utilizes average balances to explain the change in the sources and uses of funding. Management uses this analysis tool to evaluate changes in each balance sheet category. Trends identified from past performance assist management with decisions concerning future growth.

Some conclusions drawn from the following table are as follows:

Balance sheet growth rate was 5.1% in 2014 compared to 4.0% in 2013.

Average balances of loans grew at a rate of 6.5%, compared to a 3.6% growth rate for securities.

Interest bearing demand deposits and savings deposits grew significantly in 2014 compared to a decline in time deposits.

Non-interest bearing deposits, the most beneficial deposits, grew at a rate of 12.2% in 2014, very similar to the 12.1% growth in 2013.

Borrowings increased by 1.5% in 2014, after declining 6.3% in 2013.

SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	2014 vs. 2013										2013 vs. 2012
	2014		2013		Increase (Decrease)						2013		2012		Increase (Decrease)
Average Balances	$		$		$			%			$		$		$			%

Short-term investments		20,808		20,785		23			0.1			20,785		20,287		498			2.5
Securities available for sale		307,774		297,050		10,724			3.6			297,050		286,024		11,026			3.9
Regulatory stock		3,768		3,878		(110	)		(2.8	)		3,878		4,199		(321	)		(7.6	)
Loans		452,946		425,338		27,608			6.5			425,338		407,531		17,807			4.4
Total Uses		785,296		747,051		38,245			5.1			747,051		718,041		29,010			4.0

Interest bearing demand		152,239		138,258		13,981			10.1			138,258		120,861		17,397			14.4
Savings accounts		127,510		118,422		9,088			7.7			118,422		108,334		10,088			9.3
Time deposits		214,173		222,257		(8,084	)		(3.6	)		222,257		236,462		(14,205	)		(6.0	)
Borrowings		70,616		69,595		1,021			1.5			69,595		74,298		(4,703	)		(6.3	)
Non-interest bearing demand		183,998		164,000		19,998			12.2			164,000		146,260		17,740			12.1
Total Sources		748,536		712,532		36,004			5.1			712,532		686,215		26,317			3.8

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Securities Available For Sale

The Corporation classifies all of its securities as available for sale and reports the portfolio at fair market value. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation had $295.8 million of securities available for sale, which accounted for 34.5% of assets, compared to 37.0% as of December 31, 2013. This indicates that the securities portfolio on an ending-balance basis grew at a slower pace than total assets. This was the result of proceeds from securities sales, calls, and maturities being deployed into new loans rather than being reinvested into new securities. Based on ending balances, the securities portfolio decreased 1.5% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

Each quarter management sets portfolio allocation guidelines and adjusts security portfolio strategy generally based upon the following factors:

Performance of the various instruments including spreads over U.S. Treasury rates

Slope of the U.S. Treasury yield curve

Level of and projected direction of interest rates

ALCO positions as to liquidity, interest rate risk, and net portfolio value

Changes in credit risk of the various instruments

State of the economy and projected economic trends

The securities policy of the Corporation imposes guidelines to ensure diversification within the portfolio. The diversity specifications are designed to control the level of risk presented by each security type. The amount of diversity permitted through the policy allows management to pursue security types with better total return profiles or securities with higher yields. However, those securities that can provide higher levels of return will bring higher elements of duration or credit risk. Management’s goal is to optimize portfolio total return performance while staying within portfolio policy guidelines. The composition of the securities portfolio based on fair market value is shown in the following table.

SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014				2013				2012
	$		%		$		%		$		%

U.S. government agencies		46,159		15.6		39,667		13.2		44,284		14.5
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		37,950		12.8		51,923		17.3		50,003		16.4
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		48,066		16.2		41,688		13.9		40,600		13.3
Private collateralized mortgage obligations		—		—		4,041		1.3		5,750		1.9
Corporate bonds		65,108		22.0		56,194		18.7		49,649		16.2
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		93,331		31.6		101,644		33.9		110,403		36.1
Marketable equity securities		5,208		1.8		5,171		1.7		4,945		1.6

Total securities available for sale		295,822		100.0		300,328		100.0		305,634		100.0

The Corporation typically invests excess liquidity into securities, primarily fixed-income bonds which account for 98.2% of all securities. The securities portfolio provides interest and dividend income to supplement the interest income on loans. Additionally, the securities portfolio assists in the management of both liquidity risk and interest rate risk. Refer to Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for further discussion of risk strategies. To provide maximum flexibility for management of liquidity and interest rate risks, the securities portfolio is classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Management adjusts the value of the portfolio on a monthly basis to fair market value as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Management has the ability and intent to hold all debt securities until maturity, and does not generally record impairment on the bonds that are currently valued below book value. Impairment was recorded in 2012, 2013, and 2014 on several of the Corporation’s private collateralized mortgage obligations (PCMOs) when it was determined that projected credit losses would occur. No additional impairment will be recorded on PCMOs as all remaining PCMOs were sold in 2014.

The Corporation’s marketable equity securities include an investment in qualified Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) mutual funds and a small portfolio of bank stocks held at the holding company level. A total of $5,000,000 has been invested into one qualified CRA fund that carried an AAA credit rating as of December 31, 2014. The fund is a Small Business Administration (SBA) CRA fund with a $5,000,000 book value and market value as it has a stable dollar price.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The current guideline used by management for the minimum amount to be invested in CRA-approved investments is approximately 0.5% of assets. The current $5,000,000 of CRA investments is equivalent to 0.6% of assets. The small portfolio of bank stocks included in marketable equity securities had a book value of $189,000 and a fair market value of $208,000 as of December 31, 2014.

As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation held three PCMO securities with an amortized cost of $4.1 million. In 2014, all of the PCMO securities were sold as a result of more favorable market conditions and the ability to sell out of this security sector with minimal losses. Two of the three PCMOs sold during 2014 had below-investment-grade credit ratings and required impairment charges over the past number of years. With no securities remaining in this sector management will no longer need to conduct quarterly impairment analysis on these securities and will save time on the administrative costs to continue to account for these PCMOs.

Overall, the tax equivalent yield on all of the Corporation’s securities declined from 3.22% for 2013, to 2.98% for 2014. The slope of the yield curve declined significantly throughout 2014 and generally securities that matured or were sold had higher yields than the securities purchased to replace them. The portfolio finished slightly smaller at the end of 2014 based on fair market value than at the end of 2013. The Corporation’s securities portfolio underwent a number of changes during 2014 including an increase in U.S. government agencies, CMO, and corporate securities with an offsetting decline in MBS, PCMOs, and obligations of states and political subdivisions.

Management views the U.S. government agency sector as foundational to the building of the securities portfolio. U.S. agencies have very low risk and high liquidity, and depending on structure, are fairly predictable in terms of their performance. Non-callable agencies have a set maturity date with no principal payments until maturity. Callable agencies offer a higher yield but carry option risk, the risk that the agency could call the issue after it reaches the call date. This typically occurs if interest rates decline. The non-callable structures have a better total return profile and as a result management has favored this structure. However, with rates near all-time lows the risk up profile of the callable structure will outperform the non-callable structure if the only direction rates will go is higher. As a result, management uses a blend of non-callable and callable instruments to enhance yield performance but ensure a predictable cash flow ladder is built out into the future. Management prefers to use corporate bonds to supplement the building of the shorter time frames of the cash flow ladder since they provide better yields than U.S. agencies, are not callable, and the credit risk corporate bonds present is mitigated with shorter maturities.

Management views the corporate sector as the best structure to provide above market returns in a shorter duration asset. The non-callable nature of a corporate bond means that, unlike MBS and CMO securities, the instrument will not extend if interest rates increase and will therefore hold its value better. As a result, management has reallocated more MBS and CMO assets between the U.S. agency and corporate segments. This was a continuation of a strategy that management followed in 2013.

Management reduced the amount of obligations of states and political subdivisions in 2014 in an effort to reduce the amount of longer assets in preparation for higher interest rates. During 2014, with increased loan growth, there was a shift between the securities portfolio and loan balances. This was primarily responsible for the decline in the portfolio as of December 31, 2014, compared to the prior year. The decline in the portfolio was primarily a result of the decline in obligations of states and political subdivisions. Management desired to sell off securities with the longest durations in order to better position the portfolio for the possibility of a rising rate environment. This also worked out well in terms of market timing and achieving a high level of gains based on better market valuations.

Investments in MBS and CMOs assist management in adding to and maintaining a stable five-year ladder of cash flows, which is important in providing stable liquidity and interest rate risk positions. Unlike U.S. agency paper, corporate bonds, and obligations of states and political subdivisions, which only pay principal at final maturity, the U.S. agency MBS and CMO securities pay monthly principal and interest. The combined effect of all of these instruments paying monthly principal and interest provides the Corporation with a significant and reasonably stable cash flow. Cash flows coming off of MBS and CMOs do slow down and speed up as interest rates increase or decrease. During 2014, cash flows from these securities were lower at the beginning of the year when U.S. Treasury rates were higher and increased in the third and fourth quarters as interest rates were lower on average. Management desires and pursues those MBS and CMO securities that do not experience significant changes in prepayment speeds given changes in interest rates. Since nearly all of these securities are purchased at a premium, management is most concerned with how quickly that premium will be amortized based on the average life of the security. Therefore, management attempts to guard against those securities with fast or volatile prepayment speeds in favor of those that demonstrate more consistent principal payments. Management will continue to monitor prepayment speeds and characteristics going forward to evaluate the performance of this segment of the investment portfolio.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Obligations of states and political subdivisions, often referred to as municipal bonds, are tax-free securities that generally provide the highest yield in the securities portfolio on a tax equivalent basis. In the continued prolonged period of historically low interest rates, the municipal bond sector has by far outperformed all other sectors of the portfolio. Municipal tax-equivalent yields generally start well above other taxable bonds. When interest rates were higher towards the end of 2013, the municipal bond portfolio experienced significant fair market value losses. As interest rates declined throughout 2014, the valuations of these instruments increased and reached an unrealized gain position of $2.7 million for that segment in the securities portfolio as of December 31, 2014.

While the performance of municipal bonds has been very strong for the past five years, significant changes have occurred as to the credit ratings of these instruments. After the financial crisis began in 2008, both the primary rating services such as Moody’s and S&P and the municipal bond insurance underwriting companies were under attack for lax underwriting and evaluation of credits with favorable ratings being issued when deterioration of financial results was occurring. With the economy adversely impacting many municipalities across the country, the ratings of the municipal bond underwriting companies was called into question including their ability to back up the municipalities in the event of default. For this reason, the credit ratings of the municipal bond insurance underwriting companies experienced sharp declines in ratings, with some dropping to below investment grade. Therefore, the actual ratings of the municipal bonds experienced declines as their quality of additional support declined. Prior to the sharp decline in the health of the municipal insurance companies, nearly 95% of the Corporation’s municipal bonds carried AAA credit ratings with the added insurance protection. Now, with the health of most of the insurers greatly diminished, the final rating of most municipal bonds has fallen to AA or A. As of December 31, 2014, only 1.3% of the Corporation’s municipal bonds carried an AAA rating. While this was a significant change in terms of ratings for the municipal bond industry, it is important to note that the ratings on the vast majority of the Corporation’s municipal bonds still carried a rating advantage over the average credit ratings of the corporate bonds held by the Corporation. The change in ratings amounted to a more realistic evaluation of true municipal bond risk and its risk in relation to other instruments like corporate bonds. Additionally, despite the major changes that have occurred in the credit ratings of municipal bonds, the Corporation has not experienced any losses due to defaults or bankruptcies of states or political subdivisions.

The Corporation’s securities policy requires that municipal bonds not carrying insurance have a minimum S&P credit rating of A- or a minimum Moody’s credit rating of A3 at the time of purchase. In the current environment, the major rating services have tightened their credit underwriting procedures and are more apt to downgrade municipalities. Additionally, the very weak economy has reduced revenue streams for many municipalities and has called into question the basic premise that municipalities have unlimited power to tax, i.e. the ability to raise taxes to compensate for revenue shortfalls. Therefore, management closely monitors any municipal bonds that have their credit ratings downgraded below initial purchase guidelines. As of December 31, 2014, all of the municipal bonds carried credit ratings within the Corporation’s initial purchase policy requirements.

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation held corporate bonds with a total book value of $65.3 million and fair market value of $65.1 million. Management increased its holdings in corporate securities to approximately 22.0% of the portfolio compared to approximately 18.7% at December 31, 2013. Like any security, corporate bonds have both positive and negative qualities and management must evaluate these securities on a risk versus reward basis. Corporate bonds add diversity to the portfolio and provide strong relative yields for short maturities; however, by their very nature, corporate bonds carry a high level of credit risk should the entity experience financial difficulties. Management stands to possibly lose the entire principal amount if the entity that issued the corporate paper fails. As a result of the higher level of credit risk taken on by purchasing a corporate bond, management has in place certain minimal credit ratings that must be met in order for management to purchase a corporate bond. The financial performance of any corporate bond being considered for purchase is analyzed prior to purchase. Management conducts periodic monitoring throughout the year and including an internal financial analysis. An annual independent credit review is conducted at least annually in addition to managements periodic monitoring. Additionally, the Corporation’s securities policy calls for corporate bonds purchased to not have maturities greater than six years with the preferred maturity range of two to five years. Credit risk grows exponentially with length. The shorter the maturity the more assurance the company’s financial position will remain sufficiently strong to ensure full payment of the bond at maturity. The longer the time horizon the more difficult it is to project the financial health of the company.

Management closely monitors the unrealized gain or loss positions of all the corporate bonds to identify any potential weakness. The trading levels of these securities are closely linked to the financial performance and health of the entity. Significant declines in the valuations of these securities, beyond what can be attributed to movement in interest rates, are generally an indication of higher credit risk. Management reviews all securities with unrealized losses approaching 10%, or those carrying unrealized losses for prolonged periods of time, for possible impairment. As of December 31, 2014, the highest percentage of unrealized loss for any corporate bond was 2.2%. All but two of the corporate bonds had at least an A credit rating by one of the major credit rating services, with all corporate bonds considered investment grade. Currently, there are no indications that any of these bonds would discontinue contractual payments.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The entire securities portfolio is reviewed monthly for credit risk and evaluated quarterly for possible impairment. Corporate bonds have the most potential credit risk out of the Corporation’s debt instruments. Due to the rapidly changing credit environment and weak economic conditions, management is closely monitoring all corporate bonds. For further information on impairment see Note B. For further details regarding credit risk see Note P.

The following table shows the weighted-average life and yield on the Corporation’s securities by maturity intervals as of December 31, 2014, based on amortized cost. All of the Corporation’s securities are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value; however, for purposes of this schedule they are shown at amortized cost.

SECURITIES PORTFOLIO MATURITY ANALYSIS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Within					1 - 5				5 - 10				Over 10
	1 Year					Years				Years				Years				Total
			%					%				%				%				%
	$		Yield			$		Yield		$		Yield		$		Yield		$		Yield

U.S. government agencies		1,003		2.96			2,726		2.05		42,848		2.04		—		—		46,577		2.06
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		7,836		2.94			17,138		1.87		7,559		2.18		5,413		3.23		37,946		2.35
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		11,512		1.68			25,797		1.70		9,908		1.86		1,473		1.94		48,690		1.73
Corporate bonds		2,015		2.52			46,282		2.19		16,977		2.54		—		—		65,274		2.29
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		877		(3.05	)		744		2.82		12,282		4.59		76,725		4.99		90,628		4.84
Marketable equity securities		—		—			—		—		—		—		5,189		1.56		5,189		1.56

Total securities available for sale		23,243		2.06			92,687		1.99		89,574		2.48		88,800		4.63		294,304		2.94

Securities are assigned to categories based on stated contractual maturity except for MBS and CMOs, which are based

on anticipated payment periods.

The yield on the securities portfolio, including equity securities, was 2.94% as of December 31, 2014, compared to 2.98% as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014, the effective duration of the Corporation’s fixed income security portfolio was 3.2 for the base case or rates unchanged scenario compared to 2.9 at December 31, 2013. Effective duration is the estimated duration or length of a security or portfolio, which is implied by the price volatility. Effective duration is calculated by converting price volatility to a standard measurement representing length. While it is a standard measurement representing length, it is not expressed in years. It is a measurement of price sensitivity, with lower durations representing better positions. An effective duration of 3.0 would approximate the duration of a three-year U.S. Treasury, a security that has no option risk or call provisions. Management receives effective duration and price volatility information quarterly on an individual security basis. Management’s target base case, or rates unchanged effective duration, is 2.5. Management’s strategy in 2015 is to lower the securities portfolio’s effective duration from the current 3.2 to 2.5 throughout the year to assist in lessening the Corporation’s limited rates-up exposure.

Effective duration is only one measurement of the length of the securities portfolio. Management receives and monitors a number of other measurements. In general, a shorter portfolio will adjust more quickly in a rising interest rate environment, whereas a longer portfolio will tend to generate more return over the long-term and will outperform a shorter portfolio when interest rates decline. Because the Corporation’s securities portfolio is longer than the average peer bank, it will generally outperform the average peer bank given static rates or a decline in interest rates, and will generally underperform given higher interest rates. Additionally, with fixed rate instruments, the longer the term of the security, generally the more fair value risk there is when interest rates rise. The converse is true when interest rates decline. It is important to note that management monitors and measures interest rate risk and fair value risk across the Corporation’s entire balance sheet. The securities portfolio is a significant piece of the Corporation’s assets, but there are other crucial elements that management also uses to manage the Corporation’s asset liability position such as cash and cash equivalents and borrowings. Beyond these, management also utilizes other elements of the Corporation’s balance sheet to reduce exposure to higher interest rates including promoting Prime-based loans, and loans with shorter initial fixed rate periods, and also by extending liabilities through longer term time deposits. See Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for further discussion on the Corporation’s management of asset liability risks including interest rate risk and fair value risk.

The majority of the Corporation’s securities are held at the bank level with only a small portfolio of bank stocks held at the holding company level. The decision to purchase these equity securities at the holding company level took into account tax strategies, market conditions, and other strategic decisions.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Loans

Net loans outstanding increased $33.0 million, or 7.7%, from $431.0 million at December 31, 2013, to $464.0 million at December 31, 2014. The following table shows the composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31for each of the past five years.

LOANS BY MAJOR CATEGORY

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
		2014					2013					2012					2011				2010
		$			%		$			%		$			%		$		%		$		%

Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages			95,914			20.4		97,243			22.2		91,943			22.2		95,347		23.1		96,256		23.2
Agriculture mortgages			140,322			29.8		114,533			26.2		85,501			20.6		73,287		17.7		60,513		14.6
Construction			7,387			1.6		9,399			2.1		16,435			4.0		18,957		4.6		14,781		3.6
Total commercial real estate			243,623			51.8		221,175			50.5		193,879			46.8		187,591		45.4		171,550		41.4

Consumer real estate (a)
1-4 family residential mortgages			123,395			26.2		127,253			29.1		126,686			30.6		133,959		32.5		137,361		33.1
Home equity loans			12,563			2.7		10,889			2.5		13,122			3.2		14,687		3.6		17,719		4.3
Home equity lines of credit			27,308			5.8		21,097			4.8		15,956			3.9		15,004		3.6		12,490		3.0
Total consumer real estate			163,266			34.7		159,239			36.4		155,764			37.7		163,650		39.7		167,570		40.4

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial			31,998			6.8		28,719			6.6		27,503			6.6		25,913		6.3		28,434		6.8
Tax-free loans			11,806			2.5		10,622			2.4		17,991			4.3		19,072		4.6		23,028		5.5
Agriculture loans			16,496			3.5		14,054			3.2		15,204			3.7		12,884		3.1		11,756		2.8
Total commercial and industrial			60,300			12.8		53,395			12.2		60,698			14.6		57,869		14.0		63,218		15.1

Consumer			3,517			0.7		4,063			0.9		3,872			0.9		3,590		0.9		13,045		3.1

Total loans			470,706			100.0		437,872			100.0		414,213			100.0		412,700		100.0		415,383		100.0
Less:
Deferred loan fees (costs), net			(462	)				(348	)				(146	)				62				149
Allowance for loan losses			7,141					7,219					7,516					8,480				7,132
Total net loans			464,027					431,001					406,843					404,158				408,102

(a)	Residential real estate loans do not include mortgage loans serviced for others. These loans totaled $16,670,000 as of December 31, 2014, $4,866,000 as of December 31, 2013, $6,014,000 as of December 31, 2012, $8,904,000 as of December 31, 2011, and $10,101,000 as of December 31, 2010.

The composition of the loan portfolio has undergone relatively minor changes in recent years, with the one major change being the growth in agricultural mortgage lending. The total of all categories of real estate loans comprised 86.5% of total loans as of December 31, 2014, compared to 86.9% of total loans on December 31, 2013. Commercial real estate remains the largest category of the loan portfolio, consisting of 51.8% of total loans as of December 31, 2014, compared to 50.5% of total loans as of December 31, 2013. Within the commercial real estate segment there has been an acceleration of agricultural mortgages over the past four years, with commercial mortgages holding fairly steady and construction based mortgages declining. The agricultural increase is due primarily to two reasons. First, the Corporation has a history of an agricultural focus, which coincides with the market area that we serve. In recent years management has allocated additional resources to build agricultural lending including the hiring of additional agricultural lenders. Secondly, the agricultural economy was quicker to recover from the past prolonged recession than other elements of the economy, so management focused on the area that was generating the largest amount of quality loan growth.

Commercial real estate loans increased to $243.6 million at December 31, 2014, from $221.2 million at December 31, 2013, a 10.1% increase. As of December 31, 2014, all types of commercial real estate loans accounted for 80.2% of commercial purpose lending. Most of the commercial real estate growth occurred in the agriculture mortgage area with those loans increasing to $140.3 million at December 31, 2014, from $114.5 million at December 31, 2013, a 22.5% increase. In 2014, agriculture mortgage loans represented a more significant portion of the commercial real estate

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

category. As of December 31, 2014, these loans made up 57.6% of total commercial real estate loans compared to 51.8% as of December 31, 2013. As economic conditions improved in 2013 and 2014, and as the Corporation had a more concerted agriculture initiative, agricultural mortgage loans grew at a significant pace. The trend over the past five years has been for agricultural mortgages to grow as a percentage of commercial mortgages and as a percentage of the total loan portfolio. These loans, along with agricultural loans not secured by real estate, now account for 33% of the entire loan portfolio. Management has always had an agricultural focus, which is due largely to the market area and type of customers the Corporation serves. Management expects agricultural loans to continue to increase in 2015 but at a slower pace with commercial real estate growing at a faster pace. Management believes as the general economy improves further in 2015, the diversified economy of the market area the Corporation serves will cause commercial lending to grow faster in 2015.

Commercial construction loans represent a fairly small element of the Corporation’s total loan portfolio, accounting for 1.6% of total loans as of December 31, 2014, and 2.1% of total loans as of December 31, 2013. The decrease from 2013 to 2014 was due to construction projects being completed and moving to permanent financing. Construction activity has slowed in recent years and developers are very cautious about starting new projects and when they do, the size and scope are limited to better match limited demand. As the general economic conditions improve further in 2015, the commercial real estate construction lending is expected to increase.

The other area of commercial lending is non-real estate secured commercial lending, referred to as commercial and industrial lending. Commercial and industrial loans not secured by real estate accounted for 12.8% of total loans as of December 31, 2014, compared to 12.2% as of December 31, 2013. In scope, the commercial and industrial loans represent approximately one fourth of the commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2014. This is consistent with management’s credit preference for obtaining real estate collateral when making commercial loans. The balance of total commercial and industrial loans increased from $53.4 million at December 31, 2013, to $60.3 million at December 31, 2014, a 12.9% increase. This category of loans generally includes unsecured lines of credit, truck, equipment, and receivable and inventory loans, in addition to tax-free loans to municipalities. The increase in the entire commercial and industrial segment in 2014 was not due to any specific category of loans but can be attributed to small increases in tax-free loans, agriculture loans, and other commercial and industrial loans. Additional tax-free loans are anticipated to be funded during 2015, which will push this percentage higher. Management anticipates that commercial loans not secured by real estate will experience moderate growth in 2015.

The Corporation provides credit to many small and medium-sized businesses. Much of this credit is in the form of Prime-based lines of credit to local businesses where the line may not be secured by real estate, but is based on the health of the borrower with other security interests on accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, or through personal guarantees. Businesses are also using more of their available credit from both unsecured and real estate secured lines of credit as economic conditions impacted their sales and cash flows. Commercial and industrial loans increased to $32.0 million at December 31, 2014, a $3.3 million, or 11.5% increase, over the $28.7 million at December 31, 2013. The commercial and industrial agricultural loans grew over the same period, related to the improving agricultural conditions, after declining from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. During 2014, these loans grew by $2.4 million, or 17.0%, over balances at December 31, 2013. The commercial and industrial agricultural loans are expected to grow moderately in 2015.

As a result of the regulatory concerns regarding commercial real estate (CRE) lending that arose out of the financial crisis, there has been a renewed focus on the amount of CRE loans as a percentage of total risk-based capital. The CRE loans are viewed as having more risk due to the specific types of commercial loans that fall into this category and their heavy reliance on the value of real estate that is used as collateral. During the financial crisis and years immediately after, many financial institutions had CRE loans in excess of 400% of total risk-based capital. Regulators were warning banks of concentrations in CRE loans and the increased risk that they could potentially bring. The Corporation’s level of CRE loans has been low relative to other community banks and the CRE profile has not materially changed over the past several years. The Corporation remains well below the CRE guidelines of 100% of total risk-based capital for construction and development loans, and 300% of risk-based capital for total CRE loans. There are nine categories of CRE loans by definition. The Corporation does not have any real estate investment trust (REIT) loans, which are the ninth category.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The following chart details the Corporation’s CRE loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

CRE SUMMARY BY CATEGORY

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

			December 31,
			2014				2013
			Total		Risk-Based		Total		Risk-Based
			Committed		Capital		Committed		Capital
CRE Type		CRE Description	Loan Amount		%		Loan Amount		%
	0.01	Land Development Loans		2,499		2.5		2,769		2.9
	0.02	1-4 Family Residential Construction Loans		3,422		3.5		2,214		2.4
	0.03	Commercial Construction Loans		12,963		13.1		17,920		19.0
	0.04	Other Land Loans		1,887		1.9		2,072		2.2
	0.05	Multi-Family Property		8,784		8.9		9,906		10.5
	0.06	Nonfarm, Nonresidential Property		25,131		25.4		17,462		18.5
	0.07	Nonfarm, Nonresidential Property - Temp		—		—		—		—
	0.08	Unsecured Loans to Developers		1,871		1.9		1,972		2.1
				56,557		57.2		54,315		57.6

		Corporation's Risk-Based Capital		98,900				94,336

The Corporation’s level of CRE loans is low relative to other financial institutions in its peer group and as a percentage of risk-based capital, with less than 60%. Management does not believe the Corporation’s CRE profile will change significantly during 2015. Management is closely monitoring all CRE loan types to be able to determine any negative trends that may occur. Management does internally monitor the delinquencies and risk ratings of these loans on a monthly basis and has established internal policy guidelines to restrict the amount of each of the above eight types of CRE loans as a percentage of capital. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation was well under internal guidelines for all of the above CRE loan types.

Outside of commercial loans, the consumer residential real estate category represents the second largest group of loans for the Corporation. The consumer residential real estate category of total loans increased from $159.2 million on December 31, 2013, to $163.3 million on December 31, 2014, a 2.6% increase. This category includes closed-end fixed rate or adjustable rate residential real estate loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties, including first and junior liens, and floating rate home equity loans. The 1-4 family residential mortgages account for the vast majority of residential real estate loans with fixed and floating home equity loans making up the remainder. Historically, the entire consumer residential real estate component of the loan portfolio has averaged very close to 40% of total loans. In 2013, this percentage declined to 36.4%, and in 2014 it declined even further to 34.7%. Management expects the consumer residential real estate category to increase at a faster pace in 2015 due to a directed effort to increase mortgage volume. The economic conditions for consumers have also improved slightly going into 2015. Consumer disposable income is higher and home valuations have increased, which has increased the equity available in their homes. However, with the relatively fast growth rates being experienced in commercial and agricultural lending, it is likely the entire consumer residential real estate component will remain close to approximately one-third of the loan portfolio.

The first lien 1-4 family mortgages decreased by $3.9 million, or 3.0%, from December 31, 2013, to December 31, 2014. These first lien 1-4 family loans made up 76% of the residential real estate total as of December 31, 2014, and 80% as of December 31, 2013. The vast majority of the first lien 1-4 family closed end loans consist of single family personal first lien residential mortgages and home equity loans, with the remainder consisting of 1-4 family residential non-owner-occupied mortgages. During 2014, mortgage production was steady and comparable to the prior year, but most of the production was sold on the secondary mortgage market as opposed to held in the Corporation’s mortgage portfolio. This activity drove gains on mortgages higher for the year, but did contribute to the decrease in outstanding balance of mortgages that were held on the Corporation’s balance sheet. During 2014, 58% of new mortgage volume was retained in the Corporation’s loan portfolio with the other 42% sold on the secondary market. In 2013, 66% of mortgage production was held on the Corporation’s balance sheet with only 34% sold on the secondary market. At the beginning of 2013, refinance volume was heavy and this trend slowed down in 2014 and transitioned to more new purchase financing. The new mortgages that the Corporation initiated during 2014 were not enough to offset the normal amortization and paydowns of the existing portfolio of mortgages, which were higher than normal as a result of low market interest rates. Management expects internal mortgage loan production to improve in 2015 as the Corporation focuses on strategically growing this area of the loan portfolio.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

As of December 31, 2014, the remainder of the residential real estate loans consisted of $12.6 million of fixed rate junior lien home equity loans, and $27.3 million of variable rate home equity lines of credit (HELOCs). This compares to $10.9 million of fixed rate junior lien home equity loans, and $21.1 million of HELOCs as of December 31, 2013. Therefore, combined, these two types of home equity loans increased from $32.0 million to $39.9 million, an increase of 24.7%. With the decline in the Prime rate to 3.25%, which had already occurred by the end of 2008, and fixed home equity rates generally between 4% and 7%, customers shifted most new home equity borrowings to HELOCs and either paid off or continued to pay down their fixed rate home equity loans. The majority of borrowers chose variable-rate HELOC products throughout 2013 and 2014 instead of fixed-rate home equity loans. In addition, a no fee HELOC special with a low introductory rate was offered in 2014, which encouraged more HELOC activity resulting in the sizeable increase in this category of loans since the prior year. Management believes the trends experienced in 2014 will continue until the Prime rate begins to increase.

Consumer loans represent a very small portion of the Corporation’s loan portfolio, accounting for 0.7% of total loans as of December 31, 2014, and 0.9% of loans as of December 31, 2013. In recent years, homeowners have turned to equity in their homes to finance cars and education rather than traditional consumer loans for those expenditures. Due to the credit crisis that occurred in 2008 and 2009, specialized lenders began pulling back on the availability of credit and more favorable credit terms. The underwriting standards of major financing and credit card companies began to strengthen in the past few years after years of lower credit standards. This led consumers to seek unsecured credit away from national finance companies and back to their bank of choice. Management has seen the need for additional unsecured credit increase; however, this increased need for credit has only resulted in low levels of additional consumer loans for the Corporation. Slightly higher demand for unsecured credit is being offset by principal payments on existing loans. Consumers are still holding back in the weak economic conditions, many trying to consolidate or pay off their debt. This is controlling the amount of new growth that is occurring in consumer loans.

Prior to 2011, the Corporation maintained a student loan portfolio. In May 2011, the student loan portfolio was sold, which reduced personal loans by $8 million and principally explains the large decrease in consumer loans that occurred from the end of 2010 to the end of 2011. Since then, the Consumer loan portion of the Corporation’s loan portfolio has remained under 1%.

Management anticipates that the Corporation’s level of consumer loans will likely be relatively unchanged in the near future, as the need for additional unsecured credit in the current weaker economic conditions is generally offset by those borrowers wishing to reduce debt levels and move away from the higher cost of unsecured financing relative to other forms of real estate secured financing.

Management does not anticipate that the loan portfolio composition will change materially in 2015. The sharper agricultural mortgage growth that was occurring will likely moderate, while the commercial mortgage growth will likely increase. Since commercial lending is highly linked to economic conditions it is likely the entire commercial real estate area will grow as a percentage of total loans. The largest single category of 1-4 family residential mortgages will likely show a slight increase, but could still decline as a percentage of the entire loan portfolio.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The following tables show the maturities for the loan portfolio by time frame for the major categories, and also the loans, which are floating or fixed, maturing after one year.

LOAN MATURITIES

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

			Due After
			One Year
	Due in One		Through		Due After
	Year or Less		Five Years		Five Years		Total
	$		$		$		$
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		6,937		4,097		84,880		95,914
Agriculture mortgages		8,716		4,090		127,516		140,322
Construction		2,930		—		4,457		7,387
Total commercial real estate		18,583		8,187		216,853		243,623

Consumer real estate
1-4 family residential mortgages		4,217		4,013		115,165		123,395
Home equity loans		3,521		1,955		7,087		12,563
Home equity lines of credit		—		33		27,275		27,308
Total consumer real estate		7,738		6,001		149,527		163,266

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		18,285		10,401		3,312		31,998
Tax-free loans		89		—		11,717		11,806
Agriculture loans		10,906		3,403		2,187		16,496
Total commercial and industrial		29,280		13,804		17,216		60,300

Consumer		1,255		2,192		70		3,517
Total amount due		56,856		30,184		383,666		470,706

FIXED AND FLOATING RATE LOANS DUE AFTER ONE YEAR

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

			Floating or
	Fixed Rates		Adjustable Rates
	$		$

Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		5,342		83,635
Agriculture mortgages		2,941		128,665
Construction		1,479		2,978
Total commercial real estate		9,762		215,278

Consumer real estate
1-4 family residential mortgages		98,707		20,471
Home equity loans		5,516		3,526
Home equity lines of credit		8,160		19,148
Total consumer real estate		112,383		43,145

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		10,639		3,074
Tax-free loans		5,912		5,805
Agriculture loans		1,578		4,012
Total commercial and industrial		18,129		12,891

Consumer		2,262		—

Total amount due		142,536		271,314

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The majority of the Corporation’s fixed-rate loans have a maturity date longer than five years. The primary reason for the longevity of the portfolio is the high percentage of real estate loans, which typically have maturities of 15 or 20 years. Fixed-rate commercial mortgages have maturities that range from 3 years to 25 years. The most popular commercial mortgage term is a 20-year amortization with a 5-year reset period. In this case, the loan matures in twenty years but after five years either the loan rate resets to the Prime rate plus 0.75%, or a fixed rate for another reset period. The original maturity date does not change. Customers will generally opt for another fixed reset period within the original term.

Out of all the loans due after one year, 34.4% are fixed-rate loans as of December 31, 2014. This is lower than the prior year end when 39.4% of the loans due after one year were fixed rate. These loans will not reprice to a higher or lower interest rate unless they mature or are refinanced by the borrower. Floating or adjustable rate loans reflect different types of repricing. Approximately 42% of the $271.3 million of floating or adjustable loans due after one year are true floating loans. These loans are tied to the Prime rate and will reprice when the Prime rate changes. For commercial customers, generally all pass credits have been granted access to the Prime rate since 2011. However, a number of the Corporation’s business and commercial Prime-based loans have been priced at levels above the Prime rate due to the credit standing of the borrower. Prime floors of 4.00% were instituted on the Corporation’s variable rate home equity loans at the end of 2008 and remained in effect until the fourth quarter of 2012 when the floor was removed to offer a more competitive product. The other 58% of the Corporation’s floating or adjustable loans due after one year are adjustable in nature and will reprice at a predetermined time in the amortization of the loan. These loans are mostly real estate commercial loans.

As of December 31, 2013, 45% of the $234.1 million of floating or adjustable loans due after one year were true floating rate loans that could reprice immediately, with the other 55% being adjustable after an initial fixed rate period. The percentage of loans that can reprice immediately decreased from 45% as of December 31, 2013, to 42% as of December 31, 2014. This decrease was a function of more commercial real estate loans that are fixed for a period of time and then float on Prime according to a predetermined repricing schedule. True floating rate loans that would immediately reprice according to changes in the Prime rate are favorable in reducing the Corporation’s total exposure to interest rate risk and fair value risk should interest rates increase. It is likely the borrowing habits of commercial borrowers will change as they become more convinced interest rates will be increasing in the near future. More commercial customers will desire to lock into an initial fixed interest rate period to protect against anticipated rate increases.

For more details regarding how the length of the loan portfolio and its repricing affects interest rate risk, please see Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Non-Performing Assets

Non-performing assets include:

Non-accrual loans

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

Troubled debt restructurings

Other real estate owned

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014		2013		2012		2011		2010
	$		$		$		$		$

Non-accrual loans		967		1,101		1,298		1,862		3,881
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing		384		231		314		107		152
Troubled debt restructurings, non-performing		—		—		—		—		1,676
Total non-performing loans		1,351		1,332		1,612		1,969		5,709

Other real estate owned		69		39		264		—		400

Total non-performing assets		1,420		1,371		1,876		1,969		6,109

Non-performing assets to net loans		0.31%		0.32%		0.46%		0.49%		1.50%

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-performing assets increased by $49,000, or 3.6%, from December 31, 2013, to December 31, 2014 but declined as a percentage of total loans as loans increased 7.5%. There were no significant changes in any category of non-performing assets since the prior year-end. If a non-accrual loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR), it is classified as non-accrual for purposes of this non-performing asset schedule. A TDR is a loan where management has granted a concession to the borrower from the original terms. A concession is generally granted in order to improve the financial position of the borrower and improve the likelihood of full collection by the lender. There were no non-performing TDR loans as of December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2014. Management continues to monitor delinquency trends and the level of non-performing loans as a leading indicator of future credit risk. At this time, management believes that the potential for material losses related to non-performing loans has moderated with the level of non-performing assets down and the Corporation’s total exposure reduced. Additionally, the direction of the risk is viewed as declining from the much higher levels experienced in 2009 and 2010.

As of December 31, 2014, there were six loans to four unrelated parties totaling $967,000 on non-accrual compared to nine loans to seven unrelated parties totaling $1.1 million that were on non-accrual as of December 31, 2013. The loans on non-accrual at December 31, 2014, included a loan to one borrower in the trucking industry totaling $551,000 and a number of other smaller loans to various borrowers. The make-up and outstanding balance of non-accrual loans did not change significantly from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. The Corporation’s diverse customer base, with many small businesses and industry types represented, has helped to avoid large concentrations in industries where significant non-performance is more likely. See Note P for further discussion on concentrations of credit risk. The severe economic conditions naturally will impact nearly all industries to some extent; however, the impact can vary greatly. Some businesses simply are not as successful in negotiating more difficult times, or may be impacted by non-economic matters like succession planning and poor business practice. Based on present conditions, management does not anticipate any significant new trends or the emergence of more severe trends beyond those already discussed.

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation had one property classified as other real estate owned (OREO). The property is a residential property that was transferred to OREO in the fourth quarter of 2014. The property is carried at $69,000, which is management’s estimate of the current value of the property less all selling costs. The Corporation had one OREO property as of December 31, 2013, with a value of $39,000. Expenses related to OREO are included in other operating expenses and gains or losses on the sale of OREO are included in other income on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Total delinquencies include loans 30 to 59 days past due, loans 60 to 89 days past due, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing, and non-accrual loans. Total delinquencies as a percentage of total loans declined from 0.66% as of December 31, 2013, to 0.57% as of December 31, 2014. Management believes that the lower level of delinquencies experienced in 2014 will continue into 2015 as economic conditions continue to improve. All of the Corporation’s delinquency percentages are significantly below the Corporation’s national peer group average. The potential for significant losses related to delinquent loans is difficult to predict as actual charge-offs are dependent on more than the level of delinquency. Management views the levels of delinquency, as well as net charge-offs, to be at historic lows with more likelihood they will increase going forward than decline. However, management currently does not expect the overall level of delinquencies to rise sharply in 2015.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established to cover any losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance each quarter based upon a detailed analysis and calculation of the allowance for loan losses. This calculation is based upon a systematic methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The calculation includes estimates and is based upon losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The calculation, and detailed analysis supporting it, emphasizes the level of delinquent, non-performing and classified loans. The allowance calculation includes specific provisions for non-performing loans and general allocations to cover anticipated losses on all loan types based on historical losses. Based on the quarterly loan loss calculation, management will adjust the allowance for loan losses through the provision as necessary. Changes to the allowance for loan losses during the year are primarily affected by three events:

Charge off of loans considered not recoverable

Recovery of loans previously charged off

Provision or credit for loan losses

The Corporation’s strong credit and collateral policies have been instrumental in producing a favorable history of loan losses. In 2009 and 2010, the Corporation experienced an increase in the number of charged-off loans and a greater number of classified loans for which a loss is possible. The higher amount of charge-offs coincided with the harsh economic conditions that followed the financial crisis that had a material impact on several of the Corporation’s

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

commercial borrowers. The Corporation began increasing the provision for loan losses to offset these higher than normal levels of charged-off loans and classified loans in the portfolio. As a result, the allowance for loan losses grew from 1.38% of total loans as of December 31, 2009, to 1.72% as of December 31, 2010, to 2.06% of total loans as of December 31, 2011. This was a sharp increase in the allowance over a two-year period and marked an historic level for the Corporation. However, the amount of charged-off loans had already started to decline back to more normal levels in 2011 and management was making steady progress in reducing classified loans. Therefore, management was able to begin reducing the provision expense at the end of 2011, and then crediting provision expense in 2012, 2013, and 2014 as further progress was made.

The Allowance for Loan Losses table below shows the activity in the allowance for loan losses for each of the past five years. At the bottom of the table, two benchmark percentages are shown. The first is net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding for the year. The second is the total allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
	$			$			$			$			$

Balance at January 1,		7,219			7,516			8,480			7,132			5,912
Loans charged off:
Commercial real estate		(204	)		—			—			(97	)		(156	)
Consumer real estate		—			(84	)		(17	)		(13	)		(260	)
Commercial and industrial		(12	)		(41	)		(47	)		(315	)		(156	)
Consumer		(19	)		(22	)		(13	)		(38	)		(98	)
Total charge-offs		(235	)		(147	)		(77	)		(463	)		(670	)

Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
Commercial real estate		—			—			—			—			—
Consumer real estate		5			—			1			2			—
Commercial and industrial		201			74			78			229			82
Consumer		1			1			9			5			8
Total recoveries		207			75			88			236			90
Net loans recovered (charged off)		(28	)		(72	)		11			(227	)		(580	)
Provision (credited) charged to operating expense		(50	)		(225	)		(975	)		1,575			1,800
Balance at December 31,		7,141			7,219			7,516			8,480			7,132

Net recoveries (charge-offs) as a %
of average total loans outstanding		(0.01	)		(0.02	)		0.00			(0.05	)		(0.14	)

Allowance at year end as a % of total loans		1.52			1.65			1.81			2.06			1.72

Charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2014, were $235,000, compared to $147,000 for the same period in 2013. The charge-offs in 2014 included a $204,000 charge-off on one commercial real estate loan and several smaller charge-offs on commercial and industrial loans as well as consumer loans. The Corporation’s charge-offs are very low compared to the peer group average and represent a fairly typical level of consumer and small business loan charge-offs that would result from management charging off unsecured debt over 90 days delinquent with little likelihood of recovery.

During 2014, the Corporation reversed $50,000 from the allowance for loan losses, compared to $225,000 during 2013. The provision is used to increase or decrease the allowance for loan losses to a level considered adequate to provide for losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Throughout 2012, 2013, and into 2014, after analysis of various factors, the allowance for loan loss calculation resulted in a reduction of the provision because of significant improvements in the loan portfolio related to delinquent, non-performing, and classified loans. Management closely tracks delinquent, non-performing, and classified loans as a percentage of capital and of the loan portfolio. Improved economic metrics also allowed management to reduce several qualitative factors resulting in a lower required allowance amount.

From December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, there was a $3.0 million, or 17.8% increase, in total classified loans. Substandard loans increased by $3.0 million, or 17.8%, from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, and special mention loans increased $1.0 million, from $5.6 million at December 31, 2013, to $6.6 million at December 31, 2014.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Throughout 2012 and 2013, many substandard loans paid off and the overall outstanding balances declined significantly. During 2014, substandard and special mention loans increased due to the downgrading of two loan relationships in the fourth quarter. However, classified loan balances at December 31, 2014 are still much lower than amounts in 2011, 2012, and the early part of 2013.

The allowance as a percentage of total loans represents the portion of the total loan portfolio for which an allowance has been provided. For the five-year period from 2010 through 2014, the Corporation maintained an allowance as a percentage of loans in a range between 1.52% and 2.06%. In 2014, the percentage decreased from 1.65% at the beginning of the year, to 1.52% as of December 31, 2014. The composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio has not changed materially from 2013 to 2014 and management views the overall risk profile of the portfolio to be similar to what it was in 2013. Management will continue to increase or decrease the allowance as a percentage of total loans based on the quarterly calculation of the allowance for loan losses. Any increases are based on the need to allocate additional amounts based on estimated credit losses inherent in the current portfolio, utilizing historical and projected credit losses and levels of qualitative and quantitative risks that are appropriate based on the current credit environment. The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans will likely remain relatively unchanged throughout 2015.

The net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans outstanding indicates the percentage of the Corporation’s total loan portfolio that has been charged off during the period. The Corporation has historically experienced very low net charge-off percentages due to conservative credit practices. In 2014, net charge-offs represented 0.01% of average total loans outstanding compared to 0.02% at December 31, 2013.

The following table provides the allocation of the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses by major loan classifications. The percentage of loans indicates the percentage of the loan portfolio represented by the indicated loan type.

ALLOCATION OF RESERVE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014				2013				2012				2011				2010
			% of				% of				% of				% of				% of
	$		Loans		$		Loans		$		Loans		$		Loans		$		Loans

Real estate		5,201		86.5		5,003		86.9		5,085		84.4		4,865		85.1		3,859		81.8
Commercial and industrial		1,301		12.8		1,416		12.2		1,640		14.7		2,825		14.0		2,816		15.1
Consumer		66		0.7		102		0.9		61		0.9		61		0.9		75		3.1
Unallocated		573		—		698		—		730		—		729		—		382		—
Total allowance for loan losses		7,141		100.0		7,219		100.0		7,516		100.0		8,480		100.0		7,132		100.0

Real estate loans represent a more substantial portion of the outstanding loan portfolio and, while real estate secured loans have historically experienced lower losses than non-real estate secured loans, more of these types of loans have indicated deteriorating valuation and financial health that may result in future losses. The prolonged weak economy has impacted consumer financial strength and the value of residential homes continues to be down significantly. Meanwhile, the overall credit quality of real estate backed business loans deteriorated as the value of the real estate collateral declined and business conditions continued to be weak. The combined consumer and business real estate portion of the loan portfolio increased by $26.5 million, or 7.0%, from December 31, 2013, to December 31, 2014. This portion of the loan portfolio has the highest reserve allocation due primarily to the high balances. Real estate secured loans generally have less risk than non-real estate secured loans, but because of the large portfolio and continued growth, a significant amount of the reserve is allocated to cover potential losses in this sector. The dollar amount of allocation for all real estate loans increased by $198,000, or 4.0%, from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

In the past, commercial and industrial loans not secured by real estate had historically experienced higher loan losses and required a larger percentage of the reserve, despite representing a much smaller portion of the outstanding loan portfolio. More recently, as the amount of classified loans fell for all commercial borrowers, and more significantly for the non-real estate secured commercial and industrial loans, the dollar amount of the allowance allocated to these loans could be reduced. The dollar amount of allocation for commercial and industrial loans declined by $115,000, or 8.1%, from December 31, 2013, to December 31, 2014, reflecting an improvement in the performance of this portfolio of loans as well as improved economic factors which reduced the required reserve in general.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

As of December 31, 2014, 72.8% of the allowance was allocated to real estate secured loans, both consumer and commercial, which make up 86.5% of all loans, while 18.2% of the allowance was allocated to commercial and industrial loans, which make up 12.8% of all loans.

The amount of allowance allocated to consumer loans has always been very small as generally consumer loans more than 90 days delinquent are charged off. The Corporation has a very small portion of the allowance allocated to consumer lines and personal loans based on historical losses and qualitative factors.

The $573,000 unallocated portion of the allowance as of December 31, 2014, declined slightly from the balance at the end of 2013, and the unallocated portion as a percentage of the total allowance declined from 9.7% at December 31, 2013, to 8.0% at December 31, 2014. Management anticipates that the unallocated portion of the allowance will range between 7.5% and 10.0% of the total allowance.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, decreased by $565,000, or 2.5%, to $22,447,000 on December 31, 2014, from $23,012,000 as of December 31, 2013. In 2013, new investments in premises and equipment were higher than normal with the opening of two new retail branch locations. During 2014, new investments in premises and equipment were at more typical levels with depreciation on existing assets exceeding new investments, resulting in the decline in outstanding balances from 2013 to 2014. In 2014, a relatively minimal amount of $751,000 of new investments were made in premises and equipment, while the Corporation recorded $1,316,000 of accumulated depreciation on existing assets resulting in the decrease in net premises and equipment during 2014. The Corporation had $144,000 in construction in process at the end of 2014 compared to $74,000 at the end of 2013. It is anticipated that premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, will remain fairly constant throughout 2015 as fixed asset improvements should not significantly exceed or fall short of total accumulated depreciation for the year. For further information on fixed assets refer to Note D to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulatory Stock

The Corporation owns multiple forms of regulatory stock that is required to be a member of the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and members of banks such as the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh and Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (ACBB). The Corporation’s $3,227,000 of regulatory stock holdings as of December 31, 2014, consisted of $3,039,000 of FHLB of Pittsburgh stock, $151,000 of FRB stock, and $37,000 of ACBB stock. All of these stocks are valued at a stable dollar price, which is the price used to purchase or liquidate shares; therefore, the investment is carried at book value and there is no fair market value adjustment.

The Corporation’s investment in FHLB stock is required for membership in the organization. The amount of stock required is dependent upon the relative size of outstanding borrowings from FHLB. Excess stock is typically repurchased from the Corporation on a quarterly basis at par if outstanding borrowings decline to a predetermined level. The FHLB also pays a quarterly dividend on the outstanding shares held by the Corporation. The FHLB’s quarterly dividend rate was 4.00% annualized as of December 31, 2014. The Corporation will continue to monitor the financial condition of the FHLB quarterly to assess its ability to continue to regularly repurchase excess capital stock and pay a quarterly dividend.

Management believes that the FHLB will continue to be a primary source of wholesale liquidity for both short-term and long-term funding. Management’s strategy in terms of future use of FHLB borrowings is addressed under the Borrowings section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

The Corporation owned life insurance with a total recorded cash surrender value (CSV) of $20,603,000 on December 31, 2014, compared to $19,911,000 on December 31, 2013. The Corporation holds two distinct BOLI programs. The first, with a CSV of $4,310,000, was the result of insurance policies taken out on directors of the Corporation electing to participate in a directors’ deferred compensation plan. The program was designed to use the insurance policies to fund future annuity payments as part of a directors’ deferred compensation plan that permitted deferral of Board pay from 1979 through 1999. The plan was closed to entry in 1999, when directors were no longer provided the option of deferring their Board pay. The Corporation pays the required premiums for the policies and is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. The life insurance policies in the plan generally have annual premiums; however, the premium payments are not required after the first five years. The Corporation continues to make the premium payments, which cover the cost of the insurance and generally add to the cash surrender value of the policy.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The second BOLI plan was originated back in 2006 when life insurance was first taken out on a select group of the Corporation’s officers. The additional income generated from this BOLI plan is to assist in offsetting the rising cost of benefits currently being provided to all employees. The initial funding was $5 million in 2006 followed by another $5 million in 2007 on the same defined group of officers, with some new officers being included. No additional BOLI funding was made until 2012 when an additional $2.5 million investment was made covering select officers hired since the 2007 funding. The CSV for this plan was $16,293,000 as of December 31, 2014, compared to $15,802,000 at December 31, 2013. The increase of $491,000 during 2014 was the internal return generated from these policies, net of cost of insurance, reflected as higher cash surrender value. The Corporation purchased whole life policies for this BOLI plan and is the owner and beneficiary of the policies.

Deposits

The Corporation’s total ending deposits increased $43.1 million, or 6.6%, from $656.6 million on December 31, 2013, to $699.7 million on December 31, 2014. Customer deposits are the Corporation’s primary source of funding for loans and investments. In recent years, economic concerns, the credit crisis, and volatile performance of the stock market and other types of investments like real estate led customers back to banks as safe places to invest money, in spite of historically low interest rates. This trend continued in 2014. Most of the growth in deposit balances during 2014 was in non-interest bearing demand accounts and savings accounts, with higher cost deposits like time deposits decreasing.

The Deposits by Major Classification table, shown below, provides the average balances and rates paid on each deposit category for each of the past three years. The average 2014 balance carried on all deposits was $677.9 million, compared to $642.9 million for 2013. This represents an increase of 5.4% on average deposit balances. The increase in average deposit balances from 2012 to 2013 was 5.1%. Average balances provide a more accurate picture of growth in deposits because deposit balances can vary throughout the year. In addition, the interest paid is based on average deposit balances carried during the year calculated on a daily basis.

DEPOSITS BY MAJOR CLASSIFICATION

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Average balances and average rates paid on deposits by major category are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2014				2013				2012
	$		%		$		%		$		%

Non-interest bearing demand		183,998		—		164,000		—		146,260		—
Interest-bearing demand		12,135		0.28		12,556		0.29		5,825		0.36
NOW accounts		75,017		0.15		66,421		0.16		61,242		0.20
Money market deposit accounts		65,087		0.19		59,282		0.20		53,794		0.25
Savings accounts		127,510		0.05		118,422		0.06		108,334		0.09
Time deposits		214,173		1.28		222,257		1.39		236,462		1.64
Total deposits		677,920				642,938				611,917

The growth and mix of deposits is often driven by several factors including:

Convenience and service provided

Fees

Strength of the financial institution

Permanence of the financial institution

Possible risks associated with other investment opportunities

Current rates paid on deposits compared to competitor rates

The Corporation has been a stable presence in the market area and offers convenient locations, low service fees, and competitive interest rates because of a strong commitment to the customers and the communities that it serves. Management has always priced products and services in a manner that makes them affordable for all customers. This, in turn, creates a high degree of customer loyalty, which has provided stability to the deposit base. In 2009, management began to see a new trend develop that resulted in deposit inflows due to financial concerns regarding the health of other competing financial institutions, as opposed to merger-related activity. The Corporation continues to generally benefit from the customers’ preference to conduct business with a smaller financial institution versus a larger institution. The Corporation’s deposits grew in the Leola and Myerstown market areas where new branches were opened in 2013. These

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

offices, and the Myerstown office in particular, significantly expanded the Corporation’s market area, which management continues to execute as part of the strategic plan.

The average balance of the Corporation’s core deposits, including non-interest bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, NOW accounts, MMDA accounts, and savings accounts, grew $43.1 million, or 10.2%, since December 31, 2013. Several converging factors are assisting in the increase in core deposits. Interest rates are at historic lows, which results in less motivation for customers to shop interest rates because the differential between high and low rates is compressed. Customers are trying to build more liquid funds to meet cash flow needs in a slowing economy, as a matter of prudence. The safety of FDIC-insured funds and immediate or nearly immediate funds in the current environment appears to be more of a concern to customers than interest rates. Consumers appear to want to remain flexible and have cash on hand should interest rates increase. As such, they want to remain short and not extend, choosing to retain more funds in demand and savings accounts. Additionally, there is still consumer concern over the stability of some larger financial institutions which has led customers seeking security to community banks with high levels of capital and long-standing reputations.

Time deposits are typically a more rate-sensitive product making them a less reliable source of funding. Time deposits fluctuate as consumers search for the best rates in the market, with less allegiance to any particular financial institution. Due to current adequate funding levels from all sources, the Corporation’s recent time deposit strategy has been to offer rates that meet or slightly exceed the average rates offered by the local competing banks. This strategy alone will not grow time deposits in the current environment. Management’s asset liability plan desired a better mix of core deposits relative to time deposits and was willing to see some declines in time deposit balances as the most expensive source of funding for the Corporation. Time deposit balances did decline throughout 2014, with the average balance decreasing by $8.1 million, or 3.6%, compared to 2013 average balances.

Time deposits have continued to decline in both dollars and as a percentage of the Corporation’s deposits. This is primarily a function of the interest rate environment and the relatively small difference between time deposit rates and interest bearing demand deposit and money market fund rates. The consumer weighs the benefit of the higher rate versus the inability to gain access to the time deposit funds until the maturity date. The longer the low interest rate environment persists and the higher the likelihood that the Federal Reserve will increase the overnight rates in approximately another year, the more likely the consumer will be content to not invest in time deposit accounts in favor of keeping their funds fully accessible. A portion of the decrease in time deposit balances from 2013 to 2014 can also be attributed to customers redeploying their time deposits into the equity market and other investments, and other competing financial institutions that have different pricing strategies. Management follows a disciplined pricing strategy with regard to time deposit funds desiring not to pay materially above wholesale pricing levels. In this regard, if some elements of market competition prices materially above wholesale rates, management will not meet those pricing levels and will seek more cost effective wholesale funding opportunities.

Historically, most time deposit growth was in terms less than 18 months, which have lower rates than longer term time deposits, indicating that customers were not looking for long-term investments with the best return, but shorter safe investments. In 2014, time deposits declined in total, with all terms showing a decrease from the prior year. Management expects that, as equity investments begin to rebound in performance, there may continue to be a reduction in the Corporation’s time deposit balances.

As of December 31, 2014, time deposits over $100,000 made up 33.8% of the total time deposits. This compares to 34.4% on December 31, 2013. The total dollar amount of time deposits over $100,000 declined $6.6 million, or 8.8% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. Since time deposits over $100,000 are made up of relatively few customers with large dollar accounts, management monitors these accounts closely due to the potential for these deposits to rapidly increase or decrease. The following table provides the total amount of time deposits of $100,000 or more for the past three years by maturity distribution.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
	$		$		$

Three months or less		20,165		10,608		12,158
Over three months through six months		4,439		10,450		9,838
Over six months through twelve months		12,812		15,712		17,418
Over twelve months		30,667		37,885		36,999
Total		68,083		74,655		76,413

In order to meet future funding obligations, it is necessary to review the timing of maturity for large depositors, like the time deposits of $100,000 or more. The Corporation monitors all large depositors to ensure that there is a steady flow of maturities. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation had a typical laddering of large time deposits. For more information on liquidity management, refer to Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. Additionally, for more information on the maturity of time deposits, see Note F to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Borrowings

Total borrowings were $62.3 million as of December 31, 2014, and $68.9 million as of December 31, 2013. The Corporation was purchasing $3.9 million in short-term funds as of December 31, 2013, with no short term funds being borrowed on December 31, 2014. Short-term funds are used for immediate liquidity needs and are not typically part of an ongoing liquidity or interest rate risk strategy; therefore, they fluctuate more rapidly.

Long-term borrowings decreased to $62.3 million as of December 31, 2014, from $65.0 million as of December 31, 2013. The Corporation uses two main sources for long-term borrowings: Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and repurchase agreements through brokers or correspondent banks. Both of these types of borrowings are used as a secondary source of funding and to mitigate interest rate risk. Management will continue to analyze and compare the costs and benefits of borrowing versus obtaining funding from deposits as part of an asset liability strategy to obtain the most effective long term funding sources.

Total FHLB borrowings were $52.3 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $50.0 million as of December 31, 2013. The increase in FHLB borrowing balances during the year related to the Corporation’s 2014 strategy of paying off some of the borrowings in an effort to reduce the overall amount of borrowed funds and refinancing other borrowings in an effort to lock in lower cost funding for a longer period of time. The borrowings with FHLB are primarily fixed-rate loans. The Corporation occasionally uses convertible select loans that give advantageous pricing compared to fixed-rate loans; however, they generally have additional risk due to a call feature being included on the loan. Management compares the length of the first call of these borrowings to the normal length of time deposits. Often, a convertible select borrowing from FHLB can provide a longer period of rate protection than the term of some of the Corporation’s typical time deposit promotions. The call feature may be based on a time requirement or a specific rate requirement. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation held $2.5 million of convertible select loans, a decrease from the $7.5 million held at December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation held $10.0 million of repurchase agreements compared to $15.0 million as of December 31, 2013. The repurchase agreements all have some call features, much like FHLB convertible select loans. All of the callable repurchase agreements had an initial period where no call could occur. However, all of the callable repurchase agreements are now into their call period where calls could occur on a quarterly basis. It is unlikely that any of the callable repurchase agreements will be called in the near future, as their rates are well above market rates for the same term. The repurchase agreements are currently in a back-end fixed rate with a quarterly call. The interest rates on callable repurchase agreements are more favorable initially than non-callable long-term fixed rates; therefore, these instruments assist the Corporation in lowering borrowing costs and increasing net interest margin. However, depending on the conversion feature and when it occurs relative to interest rates, the Corporation’s cost could increase making the long term borrowing costs higher. In all cases, the rate advantage of callable borrowing structures is weighed against any additional interest rate risk exposure taken compared to non-callable borrowing structures. Management views repurchase agreement transactions as a diversification of funding outside of the FHLB, because principally the same funding structures can be obtained from FHLB. Management monitors the amount of convertible select loans that could

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

be called in any one year to ensure that the Corporation does not have a concentrated amount of call risk. It is likely that as repurchase agreements mature, management will either pay them off or refinance with FHLB long-term borrowings, depending on the liquidity and asset liability position of the Corporation at the time.

To limit the Corporation’s exposure and reliance on a single funding source, the Corporation’s Asset Liability Policy sets a goal of maintaining the amount of borrowings from the FHLB to 15% of the Corporation’s total assets. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation was within this policy guideline at 6.1% of asset size with $52.3 million of total FHLB borrowings. The Corporation also has a policy that limits total borrowings from all sources to 150% of the Corporation’s capital. As of December 31, 2014, total borrowings from all sources amounted to 67.2% of the Corporation’s capital, well under the policy guideline. The Corporation has maintained FHLB borrowings and total borrowings within these guidelines throughout the year.

The Corporation continues to be well under the FHLB maximum borrowing capacity (MBC), which is $258.6 million as of December 31, 2014. The Corporation’s two internal policy limits are far more restrictive than the FHLB MBC, which is calculated and set quarterly by FHLB.

Stockholders’ Equity

Federal regulatory authorities require banks to meet minimum capital levels. The Corporation maintains capital ratios well above those minimum levels and higher than the peer group average. The risk-weighted capital ratios are calculated by dividing capital by risk-weighted assets. Regulatory guidelines determine risk-weighted assets by assigning assets to one of four risk-weighted categories. The calculation of Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets includes a reduction to capital for the allowance for loan losses, thereby making this ratio lower than the Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets ratio. See Notes I and M to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on capital transactions.

The following table reflects the Corporation’s capital ratios compared to regulatory capital requirements for prompt corrective action.

REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS	Capital Ratios						Regulatory Requirements
	As of		As of		As of
	Dec. 31,		Dec. 31,		Dec. 31,		Adequately		Well
	2014		2013		2012		Capitalized		Capitalized

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets		17.3%		17.9%		18.2%		8.0%		10.0%
Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets		16.1%		16.6%		16.9%		4.0%		6.0%
Tier I Capital to Average Assets		10.7%		10.8%		10.5%		4.0%		5.0%

The high level of capital maintained by the Corporation provides a greater degree of financial security and acts as a non-interest bearing source of funds. Conversely, a high level of capital, also referred to as equity, makes it more difficult for the Corporation to improve return on average equity, which is a benchmark of shareholder return. The Corporation’s capital is affected by earnings, the payment of dividends, changes in accumulated comprehensive income or loss, and equity transactions.

Total dividends paid to shareholders during 2014, were $3,057,000, or $1.07 per share, compared to $2,966,000, or $1.04 per share paid to shareholders during 2013. The Corporation uses current earnings and available retained earnings to pay dividends. The Corporation’s current capital plan calls for management to maintain Tier I Capital to Average Assets between 10.0% and 12.0%. Management also desires a dividend payout ratio in the range of 35% to 40%. This ratio will vary according to income, but over the long term, management’s goal is to maintain a payout ratio of 35% or above. For 2014, the dividend payout ratio was 43.1%. Management anticipates that the payout ratio for 2015 will be slightly lower than the 2014 ratio.

The amount of unrealized gain or loss on the Corporation’s securities portfolio is reflected, net of tax, as an adjustment to capital, as required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. This is recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in the capital section of the Corporation’s balance sheet. The change in unrealized holding gain or loss that occurred during 2014 is shown on the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, along with a reclassification adjustment for gains included in the current year’s income. The Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income shows the impact of changes in unrealized gains and losses during the year on the Corporation’s net income to arrive at net comprehensive income or loss.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

In terms of the Corporation’s balance sheets, an unrealized gain increases capital while an unrealized loss reduces capital. This requirement takes the position that, if the Corporation liquidated at the end of each period, the current unrealized gain or loss of the securities portfolio would directly impact the Corporation’s capital. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation showed unrealized gains, net of tax, of $1,002,000, compared to unrealized losses of $3,940,000 as of December 31, 2013. The changes in unrealized gains or losses are due to normal changes in market valuations of the Corporation’s securities as a result of interest rate movements.

On July 1, 2008, ENB Financial Corp was formed. The retirement of all treasury shares was required as part of the formation of ENB Financial Corp. As a result, management needed treasury shares to be utilized for the existing Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Therefore, on August 14, 2008, the Board authorized a stock buyback plan for the purchase of up to 140,000 shares of common stock for corporate purposes. Since formation of the plan, 122,490 shares of treasury stock have been repurchased, and 109,769 reissued, with 12,721 treasury shares existing on December 31, 2014. In 2014, the net capital impact of shares being purchased and reissued was not significant with 15,650 shares being purchased and 16,460 shares reissued. A very similar level of stock purchase and reissue activity is expected in 2015 as management desires to purchase a sufficient amount of shares to cover the needs of the existing stock purchase plans and maintain a minimum level of treasury shares.

Contractual Cash Obligations

The Corporation has a number of contractual obligations that arise from the normal course of business. The following table summarizes the contractual cash obligations of the Corporation as of December 31, 2014, and shows the future periods in which settlement of the obligations is expected. The contractual obligation numbers below do not include accrued interest. Refer to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements referenced in the table for additional details regarding these obligations.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Less than		1-3		4-5		More than
	1 year		years		years		5 years		Total
	$		$		$		$		$

Time deposits (Note F)		97,136		69,616		34,817		—		201,569
Borrowings (Notes G and H)		15,500		30,500		16,300		—		62,300
Operating Lease		112,782		151,932		101,205		—		365,919

Total contractual obligations		225,418		252,048		152,322		—		629,788

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, the Corporation typically has off-balance sheet arrangements related to loan funding commitments. These arrangements may impact the Corporation’s financial condition and liquidity if they were to be exercised within a short period of time. As discussed in the liquidity section to follow, the Corporation has in place sufficient liquidity alternatives to meet these obligations. The following table presents information on the commitments by the Corporation as of December 31, 2014. For further details regarding off-balance sheet arrangements, refer to Note O to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014
	$
Commitments to extend credit:
Revolving home equity loans		34,301
Construction loans		14,119
Real estate loans		23,516
Business loans		79,608
Consumer loans		1,410
Other		3,488
Standby letters of credit		9,603

Total		166,045

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Refer to Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion on recently issued accounting standards.

Critical Accounting Policies

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect many of the reported amounts and disclosures. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Allowance for Loan Losses

A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change is the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate and reasonable. The Corporation’s methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is described in an earlier section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis. Given the very subjective nature of identifying and valuing loan losses, it is likely that well-informed individuals could make materially different assumptions and, therefore, calculate a materially different allowance amount. Management uses available information to recognize losses on loans; however, changes in economic conditions may necessitate revisions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Corporation to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell the financial asset or paid to transfer the financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market parameters. For financial instruments that trade actively and have quoted market prices or observable market parameters, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. When observable market prices and parameters are not fully available, management judgment is necessary to estimate fair value. In addition, changes in market conditions may reduce the availability of quoted prices or observable data. See

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Note R to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a complete discussion and summary of the Corporation’s use of fair valuation of assets and liabilities and the related measurement techniques.

Other than Temporary Impairment of Securities

Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent. It indicates that the prospect of a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the security. Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized.

Deferred Tax Assets

The Corporation uses an estimate of future earnings to support the position that the benefit of deferred tax assets will be realized. If future income should prove non-existent or less than the amount of the deferred tax assets within the tax years to which they may be applied, the asset may not be realized and the Corporation’s net income will be reduced. Deferred tax assets are described further in Note L to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As a financial institution, the Corporation is subject to four primary market risks:

Credit risk

Liquidity risk

Interest rate risk

Fair value risk

The Board of Directors has established an Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO) to measure, monitor, and manage these four primary market risks. The Asset Liability Policy has instituted guidelines for all of these primary risks, as well as other financial performance measurements with target ranges. The Asset Liability goals and guidelines are consistent with the Strategic Plan goals.

For discussion on credit risk, refer to the sections on non-performing assets, allowance for loan losses, Note C, and Note P to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity

Liquidity refers to having an adequate supply of cash available to meet business needs. Financial institutions must ensure that there is adequate liquidity to meet a variety of funding needs, at a minimal cost. Minimal cost is an important component of liquidity. If a financial institution is required to take significant action to obtain funding, and is forced to utilize an expensive source, it has not properly planned for its liquidity needs. Funding new loans and covering deposit withdrawals are the primary liquidity needs of the Corporation. The Corporation uses a variety of funding sources to meet liquidity needs, such as:

Deposits

Loan repayments

Maturities and sales of securities

Borrowings from correspondent and member banks

Repurchase agreements

Brokered deposits

Current earnings

One of the measurements used in liquidity planning is the Maturity Gap Analysis. The Maturity Gap Analysis below measures the amount of assets maturing within various time frames versus liabilities maturing in those same periods. These time frames are referred to as gaps and are reported on a cumulative basis. For instance, the one-year gap shows all assets maturing one year or less from a specific date versus the total liabilities maturing in the same time period. The gap is then expressed as a percentage of assets over liabilities. Mismatches between assets and liabilities maturing are identified and assist management in determining potential liquidity issues.

The maturity gap analysis does not include non-interest earning assets and non-interest bearing liabilities, with the exception of non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts. The non-interest bearing demand deposits are considered additional deposit liabilities with a 0.00% interest rate, which acts to lower the overall interest rate paid on total deposits. For purposes of this analysis, items like cash, premises and equipment, bank owned life insurance, and other assets are considered non-interest earning assets and are not included in assets maturing. On the liability side, the only liability not included is other liabilities, which represent open obligations of the Corporation.

It is unlikely that maturing assets would equal maturing liabilities because, on the balance sheet, assets do not equal liabilities. For purposes of this analysis, $781.5 million of assets mature in all time frames while $763.2 million of liabilities mature in all time frames, resulting in a 102.4% cumulative maturity gap. So, while a cumulative maturity gap of 100% would indicate that the same amount of assets and liabilities are maturing within the specified period, this is rather unlikely to occur within any time frame, or on a cumulative basis.

Gap ratios have been fairly stable for the Corporation throughout 2014. The Corporation’s assets are moderately long, but the length of the securities portfolio and the loan portfolio is offset by holding higher levels of cash and cash equivalents. The length of the Corporation’s liabilities is fairly stable and management is able to utilize

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

length gained from wholesale funding instruments to offset declining length in the CD portfolio as customers invest in shorter products in anticipation of higher interest rates.

Carrying higher levels of cash and cash equivalents has been an instrumental part of managements’ plan to maintain balanced gap ratios and act as an immediate hedge against liquidity risk and interest rate risk. The strategy of maintaining higher cash levels to improve gap ratios is expected to continue until the securities portfolio is materially shorter in duration.

The table below shows the six-month, one-year, three-year, and five-year cumulative gaps as of December 31, 2014, along with the cumulative maturity gap guidelines monitored by management. For the purposes of this analysis, core deposits without a specific maturity date are spread across all time periods based on historical behavior.

MATURITY GAP ANALYSIS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

				More than			More than			More than
	Less than			6 months			1 year			3 years		More than
Maturity Gap	6 months			to 1 year			to 3 years			to 5 years		5 years
	$			$			$			$		$
Assets maturing		91,712			54,089			176,146			157,688		301,909
Liabilities maturing		97,357			58,963			171,079			108,552		327,206
Maturity gap		(5,645	)		(4,874	)		5,067			49,136		(25,297	)
Cumulative maturity gap		(5,645	)		(10,519	)		(5,452	)		43,684		18,387

Maturity gap %		94.2%			91.7%			103.0%			145.3%		92.3%

Cumulative maturity gap %		94.2%			93.3%			98.3%			110.0%		102.4%

Cumulative maturity gap % guideline		45% to 155%			60% to 140%			75% to 125%			85% to 115%

As of December 31, 2014, all cumulative maturity gaps were within Corporate Policy guidelines and were generally higher than the prior year’s levels. During 2014, U.S. Treasury rates decreased, which increased prepayment speeds on the Corporation’s MBS and CMO securities. This increased cash flows and shortened the Corporation’s assets. Additionally, higher levels of overnight cash were held as of December 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013. These factors caused the gap ratios to show some increase since the prior year end.

Given the possibility that short term interest rates will increase in 2015, management’s current position is to maintain the cumulative maturity gap percentages within guidelines and possibly work to increase them slightly throughout 2015 in preparation for the opportunity to invest excess cash in higher-yielding assets towards the end of the year. The risk in maintaining lower gap percentages is that, should interest rates rise, there will not be as many assets to invest at the higher rates. However, if interest rates do not rise, maintaining higher gap ratios would result in more assets maturing and repricing to rates lower than the average portfolio rates. This is referred to as repricing risk. Carrying high gap ratios in the current environment brings on an increased level of repricing risk, which impacts the Corporation’s interest income and margin. The risk of liabilities repricing at higher interest rates is very low in the present environment as most maturing deposits are repricing to similar or lower interest rates. Therefore, higher levels of liabilities repricing currently benefits the Corporation. The amount of liabilities repricing to lower interest rates is already a small minority of the Corporation’s interest bearing liabilities. Only the Corporation’s longer time deposits and borrowings continue to mature and are being renewed or refinanced into instruments with lower interest rates.

Given the alternative investment options available currently, management also does not perceive significant risk that deposits maturing in the shorter time frames will leave the Corporation. It is likely that, should market interest rates rise in 2015, customer behavior patterns will change and deposits will be more rate sensitive with a greater portion potentially leaving the Corporation. These maturity gaps are closely monitored along with additional liquidity measurements discussed below. Management will work to maintain these ratios within policy guidelines throughout 2015 in order to position for the increased likelihood of rising interest rates in future time periods.

In addition to the cumulative maturity gap analysis discussed above, management utilizes a number of other important liquidity measurements that management believes have advantages over, and give better clarity to, the Corporation’s present and projected liquidity.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

The following is a listing of the Corporation’s other liquidity measurements, along with a short definition, that are evaluated periodically in an effort to monitor and mitigate liquidity risk:

Core Deposit Ratio – Core deposits as a percentage of assets

Funding Concentration Analysis – Alternative funding sources outside of core deposits as a percentage of assets

Short-term Funds Availability – Readily available short-term funds as a percentage of assets

Securities Portfolio Liquidity – Cash flows maturing in one year or less as a percentage of assets and securities

Readily Available Unencumbered Securities and Cash – Unencumbered securities as a percentage of the securities portfolio and as a percentage of total assets

Borrowing Limits – Internal borrowing limits in terms of both FHLB and total borrowings

Three, Six, and Twelve-month Projected Sources and Uses of Funds – Net projected liquidity surplus/shortage shown for each period

These measurements are designed to prevent undue reliance on outside sources of funding and ensure a steady stream of liquidity is available should events occur that would cause a sudden decrease in deposits or large increase in loans or both, which would in turn draw significantly from the Corporation’s available liquidity sources.

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation was within guidelines for all of the above measurements except the securities portfolio liquidity as a percentage of assets. The policy calls for the Corporation to maintain securities portfolio cash flows maturing in one year or less between 5% and 10% of total assets. As of December 31, 2014, these cash flows represented 4.9% of total assets, which is just under the lower guideline. However, when factoring in available overnight cash, the Corporation’s securities portfolio liquidity represented 8.0% of total assets. It is important for the Corporation to prepare for a rates-up environment and having more liquidity is advantageous as funds can be reinvested in higher yielding assets faster when sufficient liquidity exists. Management had been carrying an average of approximately $30 million to $35 million of cash and cash equivalents on a daily basis throughout most of 2014. Management anticipates carrying this higher level of cash again throughout most of 2015. These measurements are tracked and reported quarterly by management to both observe trends and ensure the measurements stay within desired ranges. Management is confident that a sufficient amount of internal and external liquidity exists to provide for significant unanticipated liquidity needs.

Interest Rate Risk and Fair Value Risk

Identifying the interest rate risk of the Corporation’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities is essential to managing net interest margin and net interest income. In addition to the impact on earnings, management is also concerned about how much the value of the Corporation’s assets might fall or rise given an increasing or decreasing interest rate environment. Interest rate sensitivity analysis (IRSA) measures the impact of a change in interest rates on the net interest income and net interest margin of the Corporation, while net portfolio value (NPV) analysis measures the change in the Corporation’s capital fair value, given interest rate fluctuations. Therefore, the two primary approaches to measuring the impact of interest rate changes on the Corporation’s earnings and fair value are referred to as:

Changes in net interest income

Changes in net portfolio value

The Corporation’s asset liability model is able to perform dynamic forecasting based on a wide range of assumptions provided. The model is flexible and can be used for many types of financial projections. The Corporation uses financial modeling to forecast balance sheet growth and earnings. The results obtained through the use of forecasting models are based on a variety of factors. Both earnings and balance sheet forecasts make use of maturity and repricing schedules to determine the changes to the Corporation’s balance sheet over the course of time. Additionally, there are many assumptions that factor into the results. These assumptions include, but are not limited to:

Projected interest rates

Timing of interest rate changes

Slope of the U.S. Treasury curve

Spreads available on securities over the U.S. Treasury curve

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Prepayment speeds on loans held and mortgage-backed securities

Anticipated calls on securities with call options

Deposit and loan balance fluctuations

Competitive pressures affecting loan and deposit rates

Economic conditions

Consumer reaction to interest rate changes

For the interest rate sensitivity analysis and net portfolio value analysis shown below, results are based on a static balance sheet reflecting no projected growth from balances as of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013. While it is unlikely that the balance sheet will not grow at all, management considers a static analysis of this sort to be the most conservative and most accurate means to evaluate fair value and future interest rate risk. Management does run expected growth scenarios through the asset liability model to most accurately predict future financial performance. This is done separately and apart from the static balance sheet approach discussed above to test fair value and future interest rate risk. The static balance sheet approach is used to reduce the number of variables in calculating the model’s accuracy in predicting future net interest income. It is appropriate to pull out various balance sheet growth scenarios, which could be utilized to compensate for a declining margin. By testing the model using a base model assuming no growth, this variable is eliminated and management can focus on predicted net interest income based on the current existing balance sheet.

As a result of the many assumptions, this information should not be relied upon to predict future results. Additionally, both of the analyses shown below do not consider any action that management could take to minimize or offset the negative effect of changes in interest rates. These tools are used to assist management in identifying possible areas of risk in order to address them before a greater risk is posed.

Changes in Net Interest Income

The changes in net interest income reflect how much the Corporation’s net interest income would be expected to increase or decrease given a change in market interest rates. The changes in net interest income shown are measured over a one-year time horizon and assume an immediate rate change on the rate sensitive assets and liabilities. This is considered the more important measure of interest rate sensitivity due to the immediate effect that rate changes may have on the overall performance of the Corporation. The following table takes into consideration when financial instruments would most likely reprice and the duration of the pricing change. It is important to emphasize that the information shown in the table is an estimate based on hypothetical changes in market interest rates.

CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

	2014			2013			Policy
	Percentage			Percentage			Guidelines
	Change			Change			%

400 basis point rise		13.5			16.4			(20.0	)
300 basis point rise		9.0			10.9			(15.0	)
200 basis point rise		4.8			5.8			(10.0	)
100 basis point rise		1.7			1.5			(5.0	)
Base rate scenario		—			—			—
50 basis point decline		(1.8	)		(0.2	)		(2.5	)
100 basis point decline		(4.5	)		(2.4	)		(5.0	)

This table shows the effect of an immediate interest rate shock over a one-year period on the Corporation's net interest income. Base rate is the Prime rate.

The above analysis shows a slightly negative impact to the Corporation’s net interest income in both down-rate scenarios. All up-rate scenarios show a positive impact. In the unique current rate environment, the amount of the Corporation’s assets repricing higher will be fairly large due to the amount of variable rate loans that will reprice immediately when Prime increases. On the liability side, if rates increase, it is typical for management to react slowly in increasing deposit rates. Even when deposit rates are increased, they are typically increased at a fraction of the increase in the Prime rate. In the current environment, if interest rates rise, it is expected that

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

deposit rates will move upward, but more slowly than asset rates. It is unlikely that rates will go down, but in the event that they would go lower, the Corporation would have exposure to all maturing fixed-rate loans and securities that would reprice lower while most of the Corporation’s interest-bearing deposits could not be repriced any lower. The analysis above focuses on immediate rate movements, referred to as rate shocks, and measured over the course of one year. The Corporation’s model also has the ability to measure changes to net interest income given interest rate changes that occur more slowly over time. This type of modeling is referred to as “interest rate ramps,” where a set change in rates occurs over a period of time. If rates were to move upward slowly over the course of the next year, the results are very close to the results using a rate shock.

In all rates-up scenarios, modeled net interest income increases, but it does not increase as significantly until rates have increased at least 200 basis points. All rates-up scenarios show comparable benefit compared to the results as of December 31, 2013. When rates do go up, assets will reprice by the full amount of the rate movement and liabilities will lag and reprice by a much smaller amount, a proportion of the asset increases. But that proportion is expected to be slightly higher than in past rate cycles. The analysis shows that the Corporation should benefit when rates rise by achieving a larger increase in income associated with repricing assets than increased expense paid on repricing liabilities.

Additionally, the analysis shows that the Corporation’s net interest income would decrease if rates did decline. This results from several types of deposit products’ current offering rates being near the floor for pricing. For instance, savings accounts had an interest rate of 0.05% as of December 31, 2014. Management is only able to reduce the rate to zero; therefore, any reduction in the savings rate only benefits earnings in the case of a 5-basis point rate decline. Since most loan rates would be able to reprice lower under the declining rate scenarios and the deposit rate decreases are limited, the Corporation would have less earnings under a declining rate scenario. It is likely that management would control the reduction in loan rates to limit the reduction in net interest income in a downward rate environment.

The assumptions and analysis of interest rate risk are based on historical experience during varied economic cycles. Management believes these assumptions to be appropriate; however, actual results could vary significantly. Management uses this analysis to identify trends in interest rate sensitivity and determine if action is necessary to mitigate asset liability risk.

Change in Net Portfolio Value

The change in NPV gives a long-term view of the exposure to changes in interest rates. The NPV is calculated by discounting the future cash flows to the present value based on current market rates. The NPV is the mathematical equivalent of the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities.

The table below indicates the changes in the Corporation’s NPV as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. As part of the Asset Liability Policy, the Board of Directors has established risk measurement guidelines to protect the Corporation against decreases in the net portfolio value and net interest income in the event of the interest rate changes described below.

CHANGES IN NET PORTFOLIO VALUE

	2014			2013			Policy
	Percentage			Percentage			Guidelines
	Change			Change			%

400 basis point rise		(10.5	)		(24.9	)		(30.0	)
300 basis point rise		(4.5	)		(18.4	)		(22.5	)
200 basis point rise		(0.3	)		(10.0	)		(15.0	)
100 basis point rise		3.2			(3.5	)		(7.5	)
Base rate scenario		—			—			—
50 basis point decline		(10.1	)		0.3			(7.5	)
100 basis point decline		(16.6	)		(5.1	)		(15.0	)

This table shows the effect of an immediate interest rate shock on the net portfolio value of the Corporation's assets and liabilities. Base rate is the Prime rate.

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation was within guidelines for all rates-up scenarios but was outside of guidelines for the rates-down scenarios with the rates-up exposures showing materially less volatility than the December 31, 2013 measurements. The decrease in fair value exposure since December 31, 2013 can be primarily attributed to holding higher levels of cash that have no fair value risk, and selling a portion of the

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Corporation’s municipal bond portfolio. Cash and cash equivalents were $43.4 million on December 31, 2014 compared to $24.6 million as of December 31, 2013. The Corporation’s municipal bond portfolio had a book value of $90.6 million as of December 31, 2014 compared to $103.9 million as of December 31, 2013. On the liability side of the Corporation’s balance sheet, the value of non-interest bearing deposit accounts has always been highly favorable in a rising rate environment as these balances are more valuable to the Corporation, representing a decrease in liabilities, as interest rates rise. The non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts and low-interest bearing checking, NOW, and money market accounts provide more benefit to the Corporation when interest rates are higher and the difference between the overnight funding costs compared to the average interest bearing core deposit rates are greater. As interest rates increase, the discount rate used to value the Corporation’s interest bearing accounts increases, causing a lower net present value. This improves the modeling of the Corporation’s fair value risk as the liability amounts decrease causing the net present value or fair value of the Corporation’s balance sheet to increase.

In the first quarter of 2013, the asset liability model settings were changed for the Corporation’s interest-bearing core deposit accounts to reflect their true value more accurately as rates rise based on assumptions regarding the proportionality of their rates changing in relation to the change in the Prime rate. More recently, management has built more deposit rate sensitivity into the model to reflect that interest rates will be coming off all-time lows and they have been artificially held low for a prolonged period of time. Management believes the interest bearing core deposit types will be more rate sensitive on average than these deposits were in the last rates-up cycle.

The results as of December 31, 2014, indicate that the Corporation’s net portfolio value would experience a slight valuation gain of 3.2% in the rates-up 100 basis point scenario, and losses of 0.3%, 4.5% and 10.5% in the rates-up 200, 300, and 400 basis point scenarios, respectively. Management’s maximum permitted declines in net portfolio value by policy are -7.5% for rates-up 100 basis points, graduating up to -30% for rates-up 400 basis points. A valuation loss indicates that the value of the Corporation’s assets is declining at a faster pace than the decrease in the value of the Corporation’s liabilities. The more significant valuation losses represented in the higher rates-up scenarios are indicative of the Corporation’s longer-term assets like residential mortgages and municipal securities showing significant declines in value as interest rates increase further. However, the value of the cash held by the Corporation and the non-interest bearing deposits helps to offset this negative exposure to a large degree. It is not anticipated that these exposures to valuation changes will change materially during 2015 unless the make-up of the balance sheet changes. Additionally, based on three past decay rate studies on the Corporation’s core deposits, management does not expect a material decline in core deposit accounts, including the non-interest bearing accounts, when short term interest rates do increase. The Corporation’s core deposits have been stable through a number of rate cycles. Although the analysis shows declines in fair value in the down-rate scenarios that are outside of policy guidelines, there is very little chance that rates could go down materially and management is not overly concerned about these variances.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The following audited consolidated financial statements are set forth in this Annual Report of Form 10-K on the following pages:

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements	Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	74

Consolidated Balance Sheets	75

Consolidated Statements of Income	76

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)	77

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity	78

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	79

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	80

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

ENB Financial Corp

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ENB Financial Corp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of ENB Financial Corp’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. ENB Financial Corp is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of ENB Financial Corp’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ENB Financial Corp and subsidiary as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Wexford, Pennsylvania

March 27, 2015

S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. *2100 Corporate Drive, Suite 400 * Wexford, Pennsylvania 15090-8399 * Phone: (724) 934-0344 * Facsimile: (724) 934-0345

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

	December 31,			December 31,
	2014			2013
	$			$
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks		16,727			15,596
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks		26,685			8,981

Total cash and cash equivalents		43,412			24,577

Securities available for sale (at fair value)		295,822			300,328

Loans held for sale		506			59

Loans (net of unearned income)		471,168			438,220

Less: Allowance for loan losses		7,141			7,219

Net loans		464,027			431,001

Premises and equipment		22,447			23,012
Regulatory stock		3,227			3,660
Bank owned life insurance		20,603			19,911
Other assets		7,164			9,708

Total assets		857,208			812,256

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing		210,444			173,070
Interest-bearing		489,207			483,556

Total deposits		699,651			656,626

Short-term borrowings		—			3,900
Long-term debt		62,300			65,000
Other liabilities		2,490			2,954

Total liabilities		764,441			728,480

Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $0.20;
Shares: Authorized 12,000,000
Issued 2,869,557 and Outstanding 2,856,836
(Issued 2,869,557 and Outstanding 2,856,026 as of 12-31-13)		574			574
Capital surplus		4,375			4,353
Retained earnings		87,200			83,165
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		1,002			(3,940	)
Less: Treasury stock cost on 12,721 shares
(13,531 shares as of 12-31-13)		(384	)		(376	)

Total stockholders' equity		92,767			83,776

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity		857,208			812,256

See notes to consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
	$			$			$
Interest and dividend income:
Interest and fees on loans		19,368			19,044			20,161
Interest on securities available for sale
Taxable		4,172			3,972			4,212
Tax-exempt		3,289			3,676			3,695
Interest on deposits at other banks		63			73			80
Dividend income		245			141			119

Total interest and dividend income		27,137			26,906			28,267

Interest expense:
Interest on deposits		3,090			3,489			4,257
Interest on borrowings		1,586			1,893			2,156

Total interest expense		4,676			5,382			6,413

Net interest income		22,461			21,524			21,854

Credit for loan losses		(50	)		(225	)		(975	)

Net interest income after credit for loan losses		22,511			21,749			22,829

Other income:
Trust and investment services income		1,302			1,242			1,105
Service fees		1,770			1,751			1,734
Commissions		1,956			1,965			1,946
Gains on securities transactions, net		3,131			3,388			1,080
Impairment losses on securities:
Impairment gains (losses) on investment securities		15			148			(110	)
Non-credit related losses on securities not expected
to be sold in other comprehensive income before tax		(37	)		(319	)		(30	)
Net impairment losses on investment securities		(22	)		(171	)		(140	)
Gains on sale of mortgages, net		414			241			296
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance		640			637			927
Other income		357			344			329

Total other income		9,548			9,397			7,277

Operating expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits		13,943			12,913			12,502
Occupancy		1,958			1,745			1,677
Equipment		1,102			967			855
Advertising & marketing		474			486			405
Computer software & data processing		1,624			1,582			1,623
Shares tax		714			863			810
Professional services		1,395			1,240			1,154
Other expense		2,211			2,139			2,143

Total operating expenses		23,421			21,935			21,169

Income before income taxes		8,638			9,211			8,937

Provision for federal income taxes		1,546			1,501			1,295

Net income		7,092			7,710			7,642

Earnings per share of common stock		2.48			2.70			2.68

Cash dividends paid per share		1.07			1.04			1.00

Weighted average shares outstanding		2,855,974			2,851,991			2,854,878

See notes to consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
	$			$			$

Net income		7,092			7,710			7,642

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Net change in unrealized gains (losses):

Other-than-temporarily impaired securities available for sale:

Gains (losses) arising during the period		15			148			(110	)
Income tax effect		(5	)		(50	)		37
		10			98			(73	)

Losses recognized in earnings		22			171			140
Income tax effect		(7	)		(58	)		(48	)
		15			113			92
Unrealized holding gains on other-than-temporarily impaired
securities available for sale, net of tax		25			211			19

Securities available for sale not other-than-temporarily impaired:

Gains (losses) arising during the period		10,581			(12,997	)		4,752
Income tax effect		(3,598	)		4,419			(1,616	)
		6,983			(8,578	)		3,136

Gains recognized in earnings		(3,131	)		(3,388	)		(1,080	)
Income tax effect		1,065			1,152			367
		(2,066	)		(2,236	)		(713	)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale not
other-than-temporarily impaired, net of tax		4,917			(10,814	)		2,423

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		4,942			(10,603	)		2,442

Comprehensive Income (Loss)		12,034			(2,893	)		10,084

See notes to consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

								Accumulated
								Other						Total
	Common		Capital		Retained			Comprehensive			Treasury			Stockholders'
	Stock		Surplus		Earnings			Income (Loss)			Stock			Equity
	$		$		$			$			$			$


Balances, January 1, 2012		574		4,304		73,632			4,221			(260	)		82,471

Net income		—		—		7,642			—			—			7,642
Other comprehensive income, net of tax		—		—		—			2,442			—			2,442
Treasury stock purchased - 23,640 shares		—		—		—			—			(619	)		(619	)
Treasury stock issued - 16,761 shares		—		16		—			—			416			432
Cash dividends paid, $1.00 per share		—		—		(2,853	)		—			—			(2,853	)

Balances, December 31, 2012		574		4,320		78,421			6,663			(463	)		89,515

Net income		—		—		7,710			—			—			7,710
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax		—		—		—			(10,603	)		—			(10,603	)
Treasury stock purchased - 12,200 shares		—		—		—			—			(357	)		(357	)
Treasury stock issued - 16,274 shares		—		33		—			—			444			477
Cash dividends paid, $1.04 per share		—		—		(2,966	)		—			—			(2,966	)

Balances, December 31, 2013		574		4,353		83,165			(3,940	)		(376	)		83,776

Net income		—		—		7,092			—			—			7,092
Other comprehensive income, net of tax		—		—		—			4,942			—			4,942
Treasury stock purchased - 15,650 shares		—		—		—			—			(485	)		(485	)
Treasury stock issued - 16,460 shares		—		22		—			—			477			499
Cash dividends paid, $1.07 per share		—		—		(3,057	)		—			—			(3,057	)

Balances, December 31, 2014		574		4,375		87,200			1,002			(384	)		92,767

See notes to consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Year Ended December 31,
		2014			2013			2012
		$			$			$
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income			7,092			7,710			7,642
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts and loan fees			5,158			4,025			3,750
Increase in interest receivable			(101	)		(121	)		(327	)
Decrease in interest payable			(113	)		(94	)		(212	)
Credit for loan losses			(50	)		(225	)		(975	)
Gains on securities transactions, net			(3,131	)		(3,388	)		(1,080	)
Impairment losses on securities			22			171			140
Gains on sale of mortgages			(414	)		(241	)		(296	)
Loans originated for sale			(13,445	)		(11,373	)		(17,480	)
Proceeds from sales of loans			13,412			12,323			18,934
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance			(640	)		(637	)		(927	)
(Gains) losses on sale of other real estate owned			70			15			(15	)
Depreciation of premises and equipment and amortization of software			1,453			1,329			1,325
Deferred income tax			531			(174	)		607
Decrease in prepaid federal deposit insurance			—			936			314
Decrease in accounts payable for securities purchased not yet settled			—			—			(6,964	)
Other assets and other liabilities, net			(705	)		404			(17	)
Net cash provided by operating activities			9,139			10,660			4,419

Cash flows from investing activities:
Securities available for sale:
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and repayments			35,390			47,527			87,432
Proceeds from sales			155,363			116,347			33,388
Purchases			(180,668	)		(175,355	)		(141,555	)
Purchase of other real estate owned			—			—			(112	)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned			74			252			148
Purchase of regulatory bank stock			(1,016	)		(475	)		(345	)
Redemptions of regulatory bank stock			1,449			963			345
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance			(52	)		(58	)		(2,563	)
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance			—			—			826
Net increase in loans			(33,290	)		(24,057	)		(1,986	)
Purchases of premises and equipment, net			(791	)		(3,355	)		(613	)
Purchase of computer software			(145	)		(51	)		(53	)
Net cash used for investing activities			(23,686	)		(38,262	)		(25,088	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase in demand, NOW, and savings accounts			58,600			32,723			38,755
Net decrease in time deposits			(15,575	)		(9,258	)		(11,272	)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings			(3,900	)		3,900			—
Proceeds from long-term debt			13,800			5,000			17,500
Repayments of long-term debt			(16,500	)		(13,000	)		(17,500	)
Dividends paid			(3,057	)		(2,966	)		(2,853	)
Treasury stock sold			499			477			432
Treasury stock purchased			(485	)		(357	)		(619	)
Net cash provided by financing activities			33,382			16,519			24,443
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			18,835			(11,083	)		3,774
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period			24,577			35,660			31,886
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period			43,412			24,577			35,660

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid			4,789			5,476			6,625
Income taxes paid			750			1,200			945

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Net transfer of other real estate owned from loans			173			39			278
Fair value adjustments for securities available for sale			7,487			16,064			3,700

See notes to consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations:

ENB Financial Corp, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ephrata National Bank, provides financial services to Northern Lancaster County and surrounding communities. ENB Financial Corp, a bank holding company, was formed on July 1, 2008, to become the parent company of Ephrata National Bank, which existed as a stand-alone national bank since its formation on April 11, 1881. The Corporation’s wholly owned subsidiary, Ephrata National Bank, offers a full array of banking services including loan and deposit products for both personal and commercial customers, as well as trust and investment services, through ten office locations.

Basis of Presentation:

The consolidated financial statements of ENB Financial Corp and its subsidiary, Ephrata National Bank, (collectively “the Corporation”) conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these statements requires that management make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Material estimates of the Corporation, including the allowance for loan losses, the fair market value of financial instruments, the valuation of foreclosed real estate, other than temporary investment impairments, and deferred tax assets or liabilities, are evaluated regularly by management. Actual results could differ from the reported estimates given different conditions or assumptions.

The accounting and reporting policies followed by the Corporation conform with U.S. GAAP and to general practices within the banking industry. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The following is a summary of the more significant policies.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are identified as cash and due from banks and include cash on hand, collection items, amounts due from banks, and interest bearing deposits in other banks with maturities of less than 90 days.

Securities Available for Sale:

The Corporation classifies its entire portfolio of debt and equity securities as available for sale securities, which the Corporation reports at fair value. Any unrealized valuation gains or losses in the portfolio are reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity, net of deferred income taxes. The constant yield method is used for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts for all of the Corporation’s securities with the exception of collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), mortgage backed securities (MBS), and index amortizing notes (IANs). The constant yield method maintains a stable yield on the instrument through its maturity. For CMOs, MBS, and IANs, a two-step/proration method is used for amortization and accretion. The first step is a proration based on the current pay down. This component ensures that the book price stays level with par. The second step amortizes or accretes the remaining premium or discount to the calculated final amortization or accretion date based on the current three-month constant prepayment rates. Net gains or losses realized on sales or calls of securities are reported as gains or losses on security transactions during the year of sale, using the specific identification method.

Other Than Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”):

Management monitors all of the Corporation’s securities for OTTI on a monthly basis and determines whether any impairment should be recorded. A number of factors are considered in determining whether a security is impaired, including, but not limited to, the following:

percentage of unrealized losses,

period of time the security has had unrealized losses,

type of security,

maturity date of the instrument if a debt instrument,

the intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Corporation would be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery in market value,

amount of projected credit losses based on current cash flow analysis, default and severity rates, and

market dynamics impacting the market for and liquidity of the security.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Management will more closely evaluate those securities that have unrealized losses of 10% or more and have had unrealized losses for more than twelve months. If management determines that the declines in value of the security are not temporary, or if management does not have the ability to hold the security until maturity, which is the case with equity securities, then management will record impairment on the security. For equity securities, typically the amount of impairment is the difference between the security’s book value and current fair market value determined by obtaining independent market pricing. For debt securities evaluated for impairment, management will determine what portion of the unrealized valuation loss is attributed to projected or known loss of principal, and what portion is attributed to market pricing not reflective of the true value of the security, based on current cash flow analysis. Management will generally record impairment equivalent to the projected or known loss of principal, known as the credit loss. The other portion of the fair market value loss is attributed to market factors and it is management’s opinion that these fair value losses are temporary and not permanent. All impairment is recorded as a loss on securities and is included in the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

Loans Held for Investment:

Loans receivable, that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, generally are reported at the outstanding principal balances, reduced by any charge-offs and net of any deferred loan origination fees or costs. Net loan origination fees and costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield over the contractual life of the loan.

Interest accrues daily on outstanding loan balances. Generally, the accrual of interest discontinues when the ability to collect the loan becomes doubtful or when a loan becomes more than 90 days past due as to principal and interest. These loans are referred to as non-accrual loans. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest based on the expectation of future payments and/or the sufficiency of the underlying collateral.

Loans Held for Sale:

Loans originated and intended for sale on the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. In general, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans originated by the Corporation and held for sale are carried in the aggregate at the lower of cost or market. The Corporation originates loans for immediate sale to Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB) or Fannie Mae but retains the servicing of these loans. Prior to 2014, the Corporation primarily sold fixed-rate residential mortgages to Wells Fargo on a service-released basis and continues to do so, but on a limited scale. As a result, the Corporation has a growing portfolio of mortgages that are serviced on behalf of FHLB and Fannie Mae. In addition, the Corporation has been approved to originate FHA, VA and USDA mortgages so in going forward, these loans will be originated for immediate sale to various investors on a service-released basis.

Allowance for Loan Losses:

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered by management to be adequate to provide for known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio at the Consolidated Balance Sheets dates. The monthly provision or credit for loan losses is an expense or a reduction of expense which increases or decreases the allowance, and charge-offs, net of recoveries, decrease the allowance. The Corporation performs ongoing credit reviews of the loan portfolio and considers current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, and other factors in determining the adequacy of the reserve balance. Loans determined to be uncollectible are charged to the allowance during the period in which such determination is made.

In calculating the allowance, management will begin by compiling the balance of loans by credit quality for each loan segment in order that allocations can be made in aggregate based on historic losses and qualitative factors. Prior to calculating these aggregate allocations, management will individually evaluate commercial and commercial real estate loans for impairment. A loan is impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. All other loan types such as residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, and all other consumer loans, are not individually evaluated for impairment and are therefore allocated for in aggregate. These loans are considered to be large groups of smaller-balance homogenous loans and are measured for impairment collectively. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays, which are defined as 90 days or less, generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all circumstances concerning the loan, the creditworthiness and payment history of the borrower, the length of the payment delay, and the amount of shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For loans deemed to be impaired, management will provide a specific allocation. This loan balance is then subtracted from the total loan balances being allocated for in the aggregate. The remaining balances, along with the full loan balances for the other loan types are then multiplied by an adjusted loss ratio, which is the sum of both the historical loss ratio and a qualitative factor adjustment. Generally both the historical loss ratio and the qualitative factor adjustment will increase as the credit rating of the loan deteriorates. The credit ratings begin with unclassified loans, which represent the best internal credit rating, also referred to as a “pass” credit and then continue with declining grades of special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss. Special mention loans are no longer deemed to be a “pass” credit and require additional management attention. They are essentially placed on “watched” status and attempts are made to improve the credit to an unclassified status. If the credit would deteriorate further it would then be a substandard credit, which for regulatory purposes, is deemed to be a classified loan. Doubtful and loss credit grades represent further credit deterioration and are also considered classified loans.

For each loan type, all of these credit rating categories are broken out with adjusted loss ratios. The loan balance is then multiplied by the adjusted loss ratio to produce the required allowance. The allowances are totaled and added to any specific allocations on impaired loans to arrive at the total allowance for loan losses for the Corporation.

Management tracks and assigns a historical loss percentage for each loan rating category within each loan type. A rolling three-year historical loss ratio, calculated on a quarterly basis, with a 60%, 30%, and 10% weighting for the past three years is used. In this manner the historical loss percentage is heavily weighted to the current loss environment, but has sufficient weighting assigned to prior periods to avoid unnecessary volatile fluctuations based on just one period’s data.

Management currently utilizes nine qualitative factors that are adjusted based on changes in the lending environment and economic conditions. The qualitative factors include the following:

levels of and trends in delinquencies, non-accruals, and charge-offs,

trends within the loan portfolio,

changes in lending policies and procedures,

experience of lending personnel and management oversight,

national and local economic trends,

concentrations of credit,

external factors such as competition, legal, and regulatory requirements,

changes in the quality of loan review and Board oversight,

changes in the value of underlying collateral.

The number of qualitative factors can change. Factors can be added for new risks or taken away if the risk no longer applies. Each loan type will have its own risk profile and management will evaluate and adjust each qualitative factor for each loan type quarterly, if necessary. For example, if one area of the loan portfolio is experiencing sharp increases in growth, it is likely the qualitative factor for trends in the loan portfolio would be increased for that loan type. As levels of delinquencies and non-accrual loans decline for any segment of the loan portfolio it is likely that factor would be reduced.

In terms of the Corporation’s loan portfolio, the commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans are deemed to have more risk than the consumer real estate loans and other consumer loans in the portfolio. The commercial loans not secured by real estate are highly dependent on their financial condition and therefore are more dependent on economic conditions. The commercial loans secured by real estate are also dependent on economic conditions but generally have stronger forms of collateral. More recently, commercial real estate has been negatively impacted by devaluation so these commercial loans carry a higher qualitative factor for changes in the value of collateral. The commercial loans and commercial real estate loans have historically been responsible for the majority of the Corporation’s delinquencies, non-accrual loans, and charge-offs, so both of these categories carry higher qualitative factors than consumer real estate loans and other consumer loans. The Corporation has historically experienced very low levels of consumer real estate and consumer loan charge-offs so these qualitative factors are set lower than the commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans. More recently, the agriculture segment of the loan portfolio is growing faster than all other segments and, therefore, the qualitative factors for trends and collateral were increased in this area due to more volume and increased exposure to potential loss.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Impaired and Non-Accrual Loans:

The definition of “impaired loans” is not the same as the definition of “non-accrual loans,” although the two categories overlap. Generally, a non-accrual loan will always be considered impaired due to payment delinquency or uncertain collection, but there are cases where an impaired loan is not considered non-accrual. The primary factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and collateral value, but could also include debt service coverage, financial health of the business, and other external factors that could impact the ability of the borrower to fully repay the loan. The amount of impairment for these types of loans is determined by the difference between the present value of the expected cash flows related to the loan using the original interest rate and its recorded value or, as a practical expedient in the case of collateral-dependent loans, the difference between the fair value of the collateral and the recorded amount of the loan. When foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral on a discounted basis, relative to the loan amount.

Management will place a business or commercial loan on non-accrual status when it is determined that the loan is impaired, or when the loan is 90 days past due with a history of prolonged periods of delinquency. These customers will generally be placed on non-accrual status at the end of each quarter. Consumer loans over 90 days delinquent are generally charged off or, in the case of larger residential real estate loans, they would be placed on non-accrual status as the Corporation seeks to bring the customer current or pursue foreclosure options. When the borrower is on non-accrual, the Corporation will reverse any accrued interest on the books and will discontinue recognizing any interest income until the borrower is placed back on accrual status or fully pays off the loan balance plus any accrued interest. Payments received by the customer while the loan is on non-accrual are fully applied against principal. The Corporation maintains records of the full amount of interest that is owed by the borrower. A non-accrual loan will generally only be placed back on accrual status after the borrower has become current and has demonstrated six consecutive months of non-delinquency.

Allowance for Off-Balance Sheet Extensions of Credit:

The Corporation maintains an allowance for off-balance sheet extensions of credit which would include any unadvanced amount on lines of credit and any letters of credit provided to borrowers. The allowance is carried as a liability and is included in other liabilities on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability was $310,000 as of December 31, 2014, and $434,000 as of December 31, 2013. As economic conditions improve, businesses generally draw more on their lines of credit, causing the unadvanced portion to decline. This occurred in the second half of 2014, which in turn reduced the allowance for off-balance sheet extensions of credit.

Management follows the same methodology as the allowance for loan losses when calculating the allowance for off-balance sheet extensions of credit, with the exception of multiplying the unadvanced total by a high/low balance variance to arrive at the expected unadvanced portion that could be drawn upon at any time, or the amount at risk. The unadvanced amounts for each loan segment are broken down by credit classification. A historical loss ratio and qualitative factor are calculated for each credit classification by loan type. The historical loss ratio and qualitative factor are combined to produce an adjusted loss ratio which is multiplied by the amount at risk for each credit classification within each loan segment to arrive at an allocation. The allocations are summed to arrive at the total allowance for off-balance sheet extensions of credit.

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO):

OREO represents properties acquired through customer loan defaults. These properties are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less projected disposal costs at acquisition date. Fair value is determined by current appraisals. Costs associated with holding OREO are charged to operational expense. OREO is a component of other assets on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Corporation had $69,000 of OREO as of December 31, 2014, and $39,000 of OREO as of December 31, 2013.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs):

The Corporation has agreements for the express purpose of selling residential mortgage loans on the secondary market, referred to as mortgage servicing rights. The Corporation maintains all servicing rights for loans currently sold through FHLB and Fannie Mae. The Corporation had $96,000 of MSRs as of December 31, 2014, compared to $7,000 as of December 31, 2013. Management expects MSRs to continue to grow as a result of the recently expanded mortgage program. Originated MSRs are recorded by allocating total costs incurred between the loans and servicing rights based on their relative fair values. MSRs are amortized in proportion to the estimated servicing income over the estimated life of the servicing portfolio. Impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of the rights, portfolio interest rates, and prepayment characteristics. MSRs are a component of other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Premises and Equipment:

Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Book depreciation is computed using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of generally fifteen to thirty-nine years for buildings and improvements and five to ten years for furniture and equipment. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are charged to operational expense as incurred, while major improvements are capitalized. Net gains or losses upon disposition are included in other income or operational expense, as applicable.

Transfer of Assets:

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI):

BOLI is carried by the Corporation at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. Income earned on the policies is based on any increase in cash surrender value less the cost of the insurance, which varies according to age and health of the insured. The life insurance policies owned by the Corporation had a cash surrender value of $20,603,000 and $19,911,000 as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

Advertising Costs:

The Corporation expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, were $474,000, $486,000, and $405,000, respectively.

Income Taxes:

An asset and liability approach is followed for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Accordingly, a net deferred tax asset or liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements for the tax effects of temporary differences, which are items of income and expense reported in different periods for income tax and financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax expense is determined by the change in the assets or liabilities related to deferred income taxes. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

Earnings per Share:

The Corporation currently maintains a simple capital structure with no stock option plans that would have a dilutive effect on earnings per share. Earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the periods.

Comprehensive Income (Loss):

The Corporation is required to present comprehensive income (loss) in a full set of general-purpose consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of unrealized holding gains and losses on the available for sale securities portfolio.

Segment Disclosure:

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles establish standards for the manner in which public business enterprises report information about segments in the annual financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to shareholders. It also establishes standards for related disclosures regarding financial products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The Corporation has only one operating segment consisting of its banking and fiduciary operations.

Pension Plans:

The Corporation has a noncontributory defined contribution pension plan covering substantially all employees. The Corporation contributes 5.0% of qualifying employees’ covered compensation, plus 5.0% of covered compensation in excess of the Social Security wage base, which is charged to operating expense and funded on a current basis.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Trust Assets and Income:

Assets held by ENB’s Money Management Group in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets since these items are not assets of the Corporation. In accordance with banking industry practice, trust income is recognized on a cash basis, as such income does not differ significantly from amounts that would be recognized on an accrual basis. Trust income is reported in the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Income under other income.

Reclassification of Comparative Amounts:

Certain comparative amounts for the prior year have been reclassified to conform to current-year classifications. Such reclassifications had no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards:

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. The amendments in this Update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments in this Update should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The amendments in this Update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this Update using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (a new revenue recognition standard). The Update’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, this update specifies the accounting for certain costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and expands disclosure requirements for revenue recognition. This Update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Corporation is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting Update.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. The amendments in this Update change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. For repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. The amendments also require enhanced disclosures. The accounting changes in this Update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity is required to present changes in accounting for transactions outstanding on the effective date as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Earlier application is prohibited. The disclosure for

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

certain transactions accounted for as a sale is required to be presented for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and the disclosure for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions accounted for as secured borrowings is required to be presented for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015. The disclosures are not required to be presented for comparative periods before the effective date. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments when the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target Could Be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in this Update either (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. If retrospective transition is adopted, the cumulative effect of applying this Update as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements should be recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance at that date. Additionally, if retrospective transition is adopted, an entity may use hindsight in measuring and recognizing the compensation cost. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40). The amendments in this Update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met: (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements -Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40). The amendments in this Update provide guidance in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). This ASU clarifies how current U.S. GAAP should be interpreted in subjectively evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. Public business entities are required to implement the new requirements in fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting. The amendments in this Update apply to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity and its subsidiaries that are a business or nonprofit activity (either public or nonpublic) upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer (an individual or an entity) obtains control of the acquired entity. An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs. If pushdown accounting is not applied in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs, an acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period to the acquired entity's most recent change-in-control event. The amendments in this Update are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

its most recent change-in-control event. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement –Extraordinary and Unusual Items, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. This Update eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. A reporting entity also may apply the amendments retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

NOTE B - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

The amortized cost and fair value of securities held at December 31, 2014, and 2013, are as follows:

			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Fair
	Cost		Gains		Losses			Value
	$		$		$			$

December 31, 2014
U.S. government agencies		46,577		110		(528	)		46,159
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		37,946		138		(134	)		37,950
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		48,690		55		(679	)		48,066
Corporate bonds		65,274		145		(311	)		65,108
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		90,628		2,961		(258	)		93,331
Total debt securities		289,115		3,409		(1,910	)		290,614
Marketable equity securities		5,189		19		—			5,208
Total securities available for sale		294,304		3,428		(1,910	)		295,822

December 31, 2013
U.S. government agencies		41,671		148		(2,152	)		39,667
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		52,502		101		(680	)		51,923
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		42,465		161		(938	)		41,688
Private collateralized mortgage obligations		4,135		44		(138	)		4,041
Corporate bonds		56,437		430		(673	)		56,194
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		103,936		1,057		(3,349	)		101,644
Total debt securities		301,146		1,941		(7,930	)		295,157
Marketable equity securities		5,151		20		—			5,171
Total securities available for sale		306,297		1,961		(7,930	)		300,328

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to certain call or prepayment provisions.

CONTRACTUAL MATURITY OF DEBT SECURITIES

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Amortized
	Cost		Fair Value
	$			$
Due in one year or less		23,243		23,095
Due after one year through five years		92,687		92,375
Due after five years through ten years		89,574		89,262
Due after ten years		83,611		85,882
Total debt securities		289,115		290,614

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Securities available for sale with a par value of $75,013,000 and $86,392,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were pledged or restricted for public funds, borrowings, or other purposes as required by law. The fair market value of these pledged securities was $78,269,000 at December 31, 2014, and $86,993,000 at December 31, 2013.

Proceeds from active sales of debt securities available for sale, along with the associated gross realized gains and gross realized losses, are shown below. Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification.

PROCEEDS FROM SALES OF SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Securities Available for Sale
	2014		2013		2012
	$		$		$

Proceeds from sales		155,363		116,347		33,388
Gross realized gains		3,815		4,209		1,212
Gross realized losses		684		821		132

SUMMARY OF GAINS AND LOSSES ON SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	2014		2013		2012
	$		$		$
Gross realized gains		3,815		4,209		1,212

Gross realized losses		684		821		132
Impairment on securities		22		171		140
Total gross realized losses		706		992		272

Net gains on securities		3,109		3,217		940

The bottom portion of the above table shows the net gains on security transactions, including any impairment taken on securities held by the Corporation. The net gain or loss from security transactions is also reflected on the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Management evaluates all of the Corporation’s securities for other than temporary impairment (OTTI) on a periodic basis. Prior to June 30, 2014, the Corporation had a small number of private collateralized mortgage obligations (PCMOs) of which all but one had impairment recorded at some point in the past with total impairment of $22,000 recorded in 2014. During the second quarter of 2014, the three PCMOs remaining in the Corporation’s securities portfolio were sold. No other securities in the portfolio had other-than-temporary impairment recorded in 2014. As of December 31, 2013, two private collateralized mortgage obligation (PCMO) securities were considered to be other than temporarily impaired. Impairment was taken on these securities in 2013, which amounted to $171,000.

As of December 31, 2014, all other securities carrying unrealized losses were determined not to be other than temporarily impaired. Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position follows:

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS OF SECURITIES

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Less than 12 months					More than 12 months					Total
			Gross					Gross					Gross
	Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized
	Value		Losses			Value		Losses			Value		Losses
	$		$			$		$			$		$
As of December 31, 2014
U.S. government agencies		9,676		(30	)		19,689		(498	)		29,365		(528	)
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		7,412		(18	)		5,412		(116	)		12,824		(134	)
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		25,314		(403	)		11,222		(276	)		36,536		(679	)
Corporate bonds		33,413		(227	)		9,855		(84	)		43,268		(311	)
Obligations of states & political subdivisions		2,710		(29	)		16,720		(229	)		19,430		(258	)

Total debt securities		78,525		(707	)		62,898		(1,203	)		141,423		(1,910	)

Marketable equity securities		—		—			—		—			—		—

Total temporarily impaired securities		78,525		(707	)		62,898		(1,203	)		141,423		(1,910	)

As of December 31, 2013
U.S. government agencies		33,043		(1,735	)		3,603		(417	)		36,646		(2,152	)
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		31,810		(659	)		4,938		(21	)		36,748		(680	)
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		28,138		(938	)		—		—			28,138		(938	)
Private collateralized mortgage obligations		1,384		(59	)		1,790		(79	)		3,174		(138	)
Corporate bonds		32,349		(664	)		2,010		(9	)		34,359		(673	)
Obligations of states & political subdivisions		58,920		(2,778	)		8,950		(571	)		67,870		(3,349	)

Total debt securities		185,644		(6,833	)		21,291		(1,097	)		206,935		(7,930	)

Marketable equity securities		—		—			—		—			—		—

Total temporarily impaired securities		185,644		(6,833	)		21,291		(1,097	)		206,935		(7,930	)

In the debt security portfolio, there are 95 positions carrying unrealized losses as of December 31, 2014. There were no instruments considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

The Corporation evaluates both equity and fixed maturity positions for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic and market concerns warrant such evaluation. U.S. generally accepted accounting principles provide for the bifurcation of OTTI into two categories: (a) the amount of the total OTTI related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss), which is recognized in earnings, and (b) the amount of total OTTI related to all other factors, which is recognized, net of taxes, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). This accounting treatment was only applicable to two of the Corporation’s PCMOs in the first quarter of 2014, but both of those securities were sold in the second quarter of 2014, resulting in no further impairment charges.

The prior impairment on the PCMOs was a result of a deterioration of expected cash flows on those securities due to higher projected credit losses than the amount of credit protection carried by those securities. Specifically, the foreclosure and severity rates had been running at levels where expected principal losses were in excess of the remaining credit protection on those instruments. The projected principal losses were based on prepayment speeds that were equal to or slower than the actual last twelve-month prepayment speeds the particular securities had experienced. Every quarter prior to the second quarter of 2014, management evaluated third-party reporting that showed projected principal losses based on various prepayment speed and severity rate scenarios. Based on the assumption that all loans over 60 days delinquent would default and at a severity rate equal to or above that previously experienced, and based on historical and expected prepayment speeds, management determined that it was appropriate to take an additional $22,000 of impairment on one PCMO in the first quarter of 2014. Because all of the remaining PCMOs were sold in the second quarter of 2014, no further impairment was recorded on these bonds in 2014 and future impairment analysis will cease for this segment.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables reflect the amortized cost, market value, and unrealized loss as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, on the PCMO securities held which had impairment taken in each respective year. In 2014, there was one PCMO that had impairment taken during the first quarter prior to the sale of the remaining PCMO portfolio. In 2013, there were three PCMOs that had impairment taken in the year. The values shown below are after the Corporation recorded year-to-date impairment charges of $22,000 through December 31, 2014, and $171,000 through December 31, 2013. The $22,000 and $171,000 were deemed to be credit losses and were the amounts that management expected the principal losses to be by the time these securities matured. The $138,000 of unrealized losses as of December 31, 2013, was deemed to be market value losses that were considered temporary. Because all of the remaining PCMO securities were sold during the second quarter of 2014, there are no temporary market value losses remaining at December 31, 2014.

SECURITY IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

December 31, 2014

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Amortized		Market		Unrealized		Impairment
	Cost		Value		Loss		Charge
	$		$		$		$

Private collateralized mortgage obligations		—		—		—		(22	)

SECURITY IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

December 31, 2013

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Amortized		Market		Unrealized			Impairment
	Cost		Value		Loss			Charge
	$		$		$			$

Private collateralized mortgage obligations		3,312		3,174		(138	)		(171	)

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table provides a cumulative roll forward of credit losses recognized in earnings for debt securities held:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)	For the year ended December 31,
	2014			2013		2012
	$			$		$

Beginning balance		1,148			977		1,057
Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary
impairment has not been previously recognized		—			—		—
Additional credit losses on debt securities for which other-than
temporary impairment was previously recognized		22			171		86
Sale of debt securities with previously recognized impairment		(1,170	)		—		(166	)

Ending balance		—			1,148		977

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE C - LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The following table presents the Corporation’s loan portfolio by category of loans for 2014 and 2013.

LOAN PORTFOLIO

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014			2013
	$			$
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		95,914			97,243
Agriculture mortgages		140,322			114,533
Construction		7,387			9,399
Total commercial real estate		243,623			221,175

Consumer real estate (a)
1-4 family residential mortgages		123,395			127,253
Home equity loans		12,563			10,889
Home equity lines of credit		27,308			21,097
Total consumer real estate		163,266			159,239

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		31,998			28,719
Tax-free loans		11,806			10,622
Agriculture loans		16,496			14,054
Total commercial and industrial		60,300			53,395

Consumer		3,517			4,063

Gross loans prior to deferred costs
and allowance for loan losses		470,706			437,872
Less:
Deferred loan costs, net		(462	)		(348	)
Allowance for loan losses		7,141			7,219
Total net loans		464,027			431,001

(a)	Real estate loans serviced for others, which are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaled $16,670,000 and $4,866,000 as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

The Corporation grades commercial credits differently than consumer credits. The following tables represent all of the Corporation’s commercial credit exposures by internally assigned grades as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations under the loan agreements as scheduled or at all. The Corporation's internal commercial credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans.

The Corporation's internally assigned grades for commercial credits are as follows:

Pass – loans which are protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the value of the underlying collateral.

Special Mention – loans where a potential weakness or risk exists, which could cause a more serious problem if not corrected.

Substandard – loans that have a well-defined weakness based on objective evidence and characterized by the distinct possibility that the Corporation will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Doubtful – loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard asset. In addition, these weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, based on existing circumstances.

Loss – loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible, or of such value that continuance as an asset is not warranted.

COMMERCIAL CREDIT EXPOSURE

CREDIT RISK PROFILE BY INTERNALLY ASSIGNED GRADE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

December 31, 2014	Commercial Mortgages		Agriculture Mortgages		Construction		Commercial and Industrial		Tax-free Loans		Agriculture Loans		Total
	$		$		$		$		$		$		$
Grade:
Pass		82,478		135,298		5,350		31,006		11,806		16,255		282,193
Special Mention		2,649		3,237		—		29		—		29		5,944
Substandard		10,787		1,787		2,037		963		—		212		15,786
Doubtful		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Loss		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

Total		95,914		140,322		7,387		31,998		11,806		16,496		303,923


December 31, 2013	Commercial Mortgages		Agriculture Mortgages		Construction		Commercial and Industrial		Tax-free Loans		Agriculture Loans		Total
	$		$		$		$		$		$		$
Grade:
Pass		85,683		112,253		7,402		27,082		10,390		13,425		256,235
Special Mention		4,996		—		—		213		—		293		5,502
Substandard		6,564		2,280		1,997		1,424		232		336		12,833
Doubtful		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Loss		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

Total		97,243		114,533		9,399		28,719		10,622		14,054		274,570

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For consumer loans, the Corporation evaluates credit quality based on whether the loan is considered performing or non-performing. A consumer loan is considered non-performing when it is over 90 days past due. Management will generally charge off consumer loans more than 120 days past due for closed end loans and over 180 days for open-end consumer loans. The following table presents the balances of consumer loans by classes of the loan portfolio based on payment performance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

CONSUMER CREDIT EXPOSURE

CREDIT RISK PROFILE BY PAYMENT PERFORMANCE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	1-4 Family				Home Equity
December 31, 2014	Residential		Home Equity		Lines of
	Mortgages		Loans		Credit		Consumer		Total
Payment performance:	$		$		$		$		$

Performing		123,023		12,551		27,308		3,517		166,399
Non-performing		372		12		—		—		384

Total		123,395		12,563		27,308		3,517		166,783


	1-4 Family				Home Equity
December 31, 2013	Residential		Home Equity		Lines of
	Mortgages		Loans		Credit		Consumer		Total
Payment performance:	$		$		$		$		$

Performing		127,039		10,889		21,097		4,046		163,071
Non-performing		214		—		—		17		231

Total		127,253		10,889		21,097		4,063		163,302

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present an age analysis of the Corporation’s past due loans, segregated by loan portfolio class, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

AGING OF LOANS RECEIVABLE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


													Loans
December 31, 2014					Greater								Receivable >
	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		than 90		Total Past				Total Loans		90 Days and
	Past Due		Past Due		Days		Due		Current		Receivable		Accruing
	$		$		$		$		$		$		$
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		—		189		266		455		95,459		95,914		—
Agriculture mortgages		—		—		—		—		140,322		140,322		—
Construction		—		—		—		—		7,387		7,387		—
Consumer real estate
1-4 family residential mortgages		665		349		372		1,386		122,009		123,395		372
Home equity loans		78		14		12		104		12,459		12,563		12
Home equity lines of credit		13		—		—		13		27,295		27,308		—
Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		21		73		—		94		31,904		31,998		—
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		11,806		11,806		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		16,496		16,496		—
Consumer		23		1		—		24		3,493		3,517		—
Total		800		626		650		2,076		468,630		470,706		384


													Loans
December 31, 2013					Greater								Receivable >
	30-59 Days		60-89 Days		than 90		Total Past				Total Loans		90 Days and
	Past Due		Past Due		Days		Due		Current		Receivable		Accruing
	$		$		$		$		$		$		$
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		—		205		—		205		97,038		97,243		—
Agriculture mortgages		69		—		—		69		114,464		114,533		—
Construction		—		—		—		—		9,399		9,399		—
Consumer real estate
1-4 family residential mortgages		1,089		401		214		1,704		125,549		127,253		214
Home equity loans		57		—		—		57		10,832		10,889		—
Home equity lines of credit		15		13		—		28		21,069		21,097		—
Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		20		—		—		20		28,699		28,719		—
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		10,622		10,622		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		14,054		14,054		—
Consumer		10		13		17		40		4,023		4,063		17
Total		1,260		632		231		2,123		435,749		437,872		231

As of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, all of the Corporation’s loans on non-accrual status were also considered impaired. Interest income on loans would have increased by approximately $39,000, $82,000, and $88,000 during 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, if these loans had performed in accordance with their original terms.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents non-accrual loans by classes of the loan portfolio as of December 31:

NON-ACCRUAL LOANS BY LOAN CLASS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


	2014		2013
	$		$

Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		894		992
Agriculture mortgages		—		—
Construction		—		—
Consumer real estate
1-4 family residential mortgages		—		—
Home equity loans		—		—
Home equity lines of credit		—		—
Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		73		109
Tax-free loans		—		—
Agriculture loans		—		—
Consumer		—		—
Total		967		1,101

Information with respect to impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

IMPAIRED LOANS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	2014		2013		2012
	$		$		$
Impaired loans
Loan balances without a related allowance for loan losses		2,209		2,693		1,992
Loan balances with a related allowance for loan losses		149		—		935
Related allowance for loan losses		1		—		110

Average recorded balance of impaired loans		2,624		2,827		3,203
Interest income recognized on impaired loans		110		113		135

During 2014 and 2013 there were no loan modifications made that would cause a loan to be considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). A TDR is a loan where management has granted a concession to the borrower from the original terms. A concession is generally granted in order to improve the financial condition of the borrower and improve the likelihood of full collection by the lender. A concession is generally defined as more favorable payment or credit terms granted to a borrower in an effort to improve the likelihood of the lender collecting principal in its entirety. Concessions usually are in the form of interest only for a period of time, or a lower interest rate offered in an effort to enable the borrower to continue to make normally scheduled payments.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes information in regards to impaired loans by loan portfolio class as of December 31, 2014:

IMPAIRED LOAN ANALYSIS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
	$		$		$		$		$

With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		745		931		—		931		—
Agriculture mortgages		1,391		1,391		—		1,539		104
Construction		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial real estate		2,136		2,322		—		2,470		104

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		73		73		—		86		6
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial and industrial		73		73		—		86		6

Total with no related allowance		2,209		2,395		—		2,556		110

With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		149		264		1		68		—
Agriculture mortgages		—		—		—		—		—
Construction		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial real estate		149		264		1		68		—

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—

Total with a related allowance		149		264		1		68		—

Total by loan class:
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		894		1,195		1		999		—
Agriculture mortgages		1,391		1,391		—		1,539		104
Construction		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial real estate		2,285		2,586		1		2,538		104

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		73		73		—		86		6
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial and industrial		73		73		—		86		6

Total		2,358		2,659		1		2,624		110

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes information in regards to impaired loans by loan portfolio class as of December 31, 2013:

IMPAIRED LOAN ANALYSIS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
	$		$		$		$		$

With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		992		1,088		—		1,119		1
Agriculture mortgages		1,592		1,592		—		1,609		112
Construction		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial real estate		2,584		2,680		—		2,728		113

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		109		109		—		99		—
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial and industrial		109		109		—		99		—

Total with no related allowance		2,693		2,789		—		2,827		113

With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		—		—		—		—		—
Agriculture mortgages		—		—		—		—		—
Construction		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial real estate		—		—		—		—		—

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial and industrial		—		—		—		—		—

Total with a related allowance		—		—		—		—		—

Total by loan class:
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgages		992		1,088		—		1,119		1
Agriculture mortgages		1,592		1,592		—		1,609		112
Construction		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial real estate		2,584		2,680		—		2,728		113

Commercial and industrial
Commercial and industrial		109		109		—		99		—
Tax-free loans		—		—		—		—		—
Agriculture loans		—		—		—		—		—
Total commercial and industrial		109		109		—		99		—

Total		2,693		2,789		—		2,827		113

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2014:

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND RECORDED INVESTMENT IN LOANS RECEIVABLE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


						Commercial
	Commercial			Consumer		and
	Real Estate			Real Estate		Industrial			Consumer			Unallocated			Total
	$			$		$			$			$			$

Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance		3,657			1,346		1,416			102			698			7,219

Charge-offs		(204	)		—		(12	)		(19	)		—			(235	)
Recoveries		—			5		201			1			—			207
Provision (credit)		381			16		(304	)		(18	)		(125	)		(50	)

Ending balance		3,834			1,367		1,301			66			573			7,141

Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment		1			—		—			—			—			1
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment		3,833			1,367		1,301			66			573			7,140

Loans receivable:
Ending balance		243,623			163,266		60,300			3,517						470,706
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment		2,285			—		73			—						2,358
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment		241,338			163,266		60,227			3,517						468,348

The Corporation allocated increased provisions to the commercial real estate segment due to increased charge-off activity in that segment. The Corporation decreased the amount of the allowance for loan loss allocated to the commercial and industrial segment due to continued improvements in credit loss experience and additional recoveries received. Actual credit losses were materially below previous estimates. Commercial and industrial charge-offs in 2014 were only a third of the 2013 amount while recoveries nearly tripled. This enabled management to decrease this element of the allowance. Delinquencies and credit losses remain very low in the three categories of commercial and industrial. This segment also includes tax-free loans to municipalities and agricultural purpose loans, which account for nearly half of the total commercial and industrial loans.

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2013:

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND RECORDED INVESTMENT IN LOANS RECEIVABLE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


						Commercial
	Commercial		Consumer			and
	Real Estate		Real Estate			Industrial			Consumer			Unallocated			Total
	$		$			$			$			$			$

Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance		3,575		1,510			1,640			61			730			7,516

Charge-offs		—		(84	)		(41	)		(22	)		—			(147	)
Recoveries		—		—			74			1			—			75
Provision (credit)		82		(80	)		(257	)		62			(32	)		(225	)

Ending balance		3,657		1,346			1,416			102			698			7,219

Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment		—		—			—			—			—			—
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment		3,657		1,346			1,416			102			698			7,219

Loans receivable:
Ending balance		221,175		159,239			53,395			4,063						437,872
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment		2,584		—			109			—						2,693
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment		218,591		159,239			53,286			4,063						435,179

The Corporation decreased the amount of the allowance for loan loss allocated to the commercial and industrial segment due to actual credit loss experience being less than previously estimated. Commercial and industrial loans are generally viewed with a higher degree of credit risk than commercial real estate. However, the Corporation has experienced a very low level of commercial and industrial charge-offs. During 2013, the Corporation experienced more recoveries than charge-offs in this area. This segment includes tax-free loans to municipalities and agricultural purpose loans, which account for nearly half of the total commercial and industrial loans. Both of these areas have exhibited a lack of non-performing loans, resulting in a lower required allowance.

100

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2012:

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND RECORDED INVESTMENT IN LOANS RECEIVABLE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


						Commercial
	Commercial		Consumer			and
	Real Estate		Real Estate			Industrial			Consumer			Unallocated		Total
	$		$			$			$			$		$

Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance		3,441		1,424			2,825			61			729		8,480

Charge-offs		—		(17	)		(47	)		(13	)		—		(77	)
Recoveries		—		1			78			9			—		88
Provision (credit)		134		102			(1,216	)		4			1		(975	)

Ending balance		3,575		1,510			1,640			61			730		7,516

Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment		110		—			—			—			—		110
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment		3,465		1,510			1,640			61			730		7,406

Loans receivable:
Ending balance		193,879		155,764			60,698			3,872					414,213
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment		2,874		—			53			—					2,927
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment		191,005		155,764			60,645			3,872					411,286

The Corporation decreased the amount of the allowance for loan loss allocated to the commercial and industrial segment due to actual credit loss experience being less than previously estimated. As a result of large losses taken on commercial and industrial loans by financial institutions during the financial crisis, this area has been under a higher amount of regulatory scrutiny. Management was allocating more of the allowance toward the commercial and industrial loans segment based on the higher perceived risk and estimates of larger charge-offs than what were occurring. Several years of historical experience has demonstrated a lower level of actual losses and management reacted by lowering the required allowance. The Corporation experienced a very low level of commercial and industrial charge-offs in 2012, and received more recoveries than charge-offs. This segment includes tax-free loans to municipalities and agricultural purpose loans, which account for approximately half of the total commercial and industrial loans. Both of these areas have exhibited a lack of non-performing loans, resulting in a lower required allowance.

101

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE D - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

The major classes of the Corporation's premises and equipment and accumulated depreciation are as follows:

	December 31,
	2014		2013
	$		$
Land		3,687		3,687
Buildings and improvements		24,619		24,542
Furniture and equipment		11,926		11,322
Construction in process		144		74
Total		40,376		39,625
Less accumulated depreciation		17,929		16,613
Premises and equipment		22,447		23,012

Depreciation expense, which is included in operating expenses, amounted to $1,356,000 for 2014, $1,205,000 for 2013, and $1,117,000 for 2012. The construction in process category represents expenditures for ongoing projects. When construction is completed, these amounts will be reclassified into buildings and improvements, and/or furniture and equipment. Depreciation only begins when the project or asset is placed into service. As of December 31, 2014, the construction in process consists primarily of costs associated with improvements being made to new or existing facilities expected to be completed in 2015.

NOTE E – REGULATORY STOCK

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh, which is one of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB in an amount equal to 0.10% of its asset value plus an additional 4% of its outstanding advances from the FHLB and mortgage partnership finance loans sold to the FHLB. At December 31, 2014, the Bank held $3,039,000 in stock of the FHLB, and as of December 31, 2013, the Bank held $3,472,000 of FHLB stock.

The FHLB repurchases excess capital stock on a quarterly basis and pays a quarterly dividend on stock held by the Corporation. The FHLB’s quarterly dividend rate was 4.00% annualized as of December 31, 2014. The Corporation will continue to monitor the financial condition of the FHLB quarterly to assess its ability to continue to regularly repurchase excess capital stock and pay a quarterly dividend.

The Corporation also owned $151,000 of Federal Reserve Bank stock and $37,000 of Atlantic Community Bankers’ Bank stock as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

102

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE F - DEPOSITS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Deposits by major classification are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2014		2013
	$		$

Non-interest bearing demand		210,444		173,070
Interest-bearing demand		14,039		13,055
NOW accounts		72,951		70,540
Money market deposit accounts		69,442		61,882
Savings accounts		131,206		120,935
Time deposits under $250,000		179,053		193,048
Time deposits of $250,000 or more		22,516		24,096
Total deposits		699,651		656,626

At December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

2015			97,136
2016			52,018
2017			17,598
2018			16,885
2019			17,932

Total			201,569

NOTE G - SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Short-term borrowings consist of Federal funds purchased that mature one business day from the transaction date,

overnight borrowings from the Federal Reserve Discount Window, and FHLB advances with a term of less than

one year.

A summary of short-term borrowings is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:


	2014		2013		2012
	$		$		$

Total short-term borrowings outstanding at year end		—		3,900		—
Average interest rate at year end		—		0.35%		—
Maximum outstanding at any month end		7,260		5,527		10,300
Average amount outstanding for the year		5,513		1,637		1,250
Weighted-average interest rate for the year		0.19%		0.14%		0.21%

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation had approved unsecured Federal funds lines of $32 million. The Corporation also has the ability to borrow through the FRB Discount Window. The amount of borrowing available through the Discount Window was $29.6 million as of December 31, 2014. For further information on borrowings from the FHLB see Note H.

103

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE H – OTHER BORROWED FUNDS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Maturities of other borrowings at December 31, 2014, and 2013, are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2014				2013
			Weighted-				Weighted-
			Average				Average
	Amount		Rate		Amount		Rate
	$		%		$		%

FHLB fixed rate loans
2014		—		—		6,500		2.32
2015		3,000		2.21		3,000		2.21
2016		15,500		1.93		13,000		2.16
2017		15,000		1.26		15,000		1.26
2018		11,650		1.22		5,000		0.94
2019		4,650		1.80		—		—

FHLB convertible loans
2014		—		—		5,000		4.44
2015		2,500		4.17		2,500		4.17

Repurchase agreements
2014		—		—		5,000		4.78
2015		10,000		4.37		10,000		4.37
Total other borrowings		62,300		2.12		65,000		2.67

As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, the Corporation has access to significant credit facilities. Borrowings from FHLB are secured with a blanket security agreement and required investment in FHLB member bank stock. As part of the security agreement, the Corporation maintains unencumbered qualifying assets (principally 1-4 family residential mortgage loans) in an amount at least as much as the advances from the FHLB. Additionally, the Corporation’s FHLB stock is pledged to secure these advances.

The Corporation had an FHLB maximum borrowing capacity of $258.6 million as of December 31, 2014, with remaining borrowing capacity of $196.3 million. The borrowing arrangement with the FHLB is subject to annual renewal. The maximum borrowing capacity is recalculated quarterly.

The terms of FHLB convertible borrowings allow the FHLB to convert the interest rate to an adjustable rate based on the three-month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR). The rates on these instruments can change quarterly, once certain conditions or rate lockout periods are met. At the conversion date, the Corporation has the option of paying the borrowing off, or continuing to borrow under the new terms of the convertible borrowing. As of December 31, 2014 only one $2.5 million FHLB convertible advance remained that matures on July 27, 2015.

As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation had two securities sold under an agreement to repurchase, for $10.0 million, compared to three securities sold under an agreement to repurchase, for $15.0 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. All of these repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing. The Corporation pledged securities with a fair market value of $12.2 million as of December 31, 2014, as collateral for these borrowings. All repurchase instruments have call features with different variable-to-fixed and fixed-to-variable rate provisions. A summary of repurchase agreements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 is as follows:

104

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


	2014		2013		2012
	$		$		$
Repurchase agreements outstanding at year end		10,000		15,000		15,000
Average interest rate at year end		4.37%		4.50%		4.50%
Maximum outstanding at any month end		15,000		15,000		20,000
Average amount outstanding for the year		12,904		15,000		16,872
Weighted-average interest rate for the year		4.52%		4.50%		4.61%

The Corporation uses repurchase agreements as a secondary source of funding after customer deposits as a way to mitigate interest rate risk and extend liability length. Management views repurchase agreements as a diversification of funding outside of the FHLB. No new repurchase agreements have been entered into since 2008. Both of the remaining repurchase agreements mature in 2015.

NOTE I – CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS

On July 1, 2008, ENB Financial Corp, a bank holding company, was formed. With formation, all treasury stock shares were retired. As a result, management needed to obtain new treasury shares to utilize for existing stock purchase plans. Therefore, on August 14, 2008, the Board authorized a stock buyback plan for the purchase of up to 140,000 shares. Through December 31, 2014, 122,490 shares have been purchased through this plan at a weighted-average cost per share of $26.36.

Currently, the following three stock plans are in place:

a nondiscriminatory employee stock purchase plan (ESPP), which allows employees to purchase shares at a 10% discount from the stock’s fair market value at the end of each quarter,

a dividend reinvestment plan (DRP), and;

a directors’ stock purchase plan (DSPP).

The ESPP was started in 2001 and is the largest of the three plans. There were 7,967 shares issued through the ESPP in 2014 with 78,083 shares issued since existence. The DRP was started in 2005 and has grown to nearly as large as the ESPP with 6,754 shares issued in 2014 and 72,433 total shares issued since existence. Lastly, the DSPP was started in 2010 as an additional option for board compensation. This plan is limited to outside directors. Only 1,739 shares were issued in connection with this plan in 2014 and 11,387 since existence. In 2013, there were 8,014 shares issued through the ESPP, 6,699 shares issued through the DRP, and 1,561 shares issued through the DSPP. The plans are beneficial to the Corporation as all reissued shares increase capital and, since dividends are paid out in the form of additional shares, the plans act as a source of funds.

All plans issue shares from treasury shares acquired. During 2014, 16,460 shares were reissued from treasury shares in connection with the plans. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation held 12,721 treasury shares, at a weighted-average cost of $30.14 per share, with a cost basis of $384,000.

NOTE J – RETIREMENT PLANS

The Corporation has a defined contribution pension plan (the plan) covering all employees aged 21 or older who work 1,000 or greater hours in a calendar year and have completed at least one full year of employment. The Corporation’s employer contribution into the pension plan is 5.0% and additional compensation in excess of the Social Security wage base is also limited to 5.0%. In 2012, 2013, and 2014, all covered plan participants received the 5.0% pension contribution. Additionally, those employees with compensation in excess of the Social Security wage base received an additional 5.0% on compensation over the Social Security wage base.

105

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For purposes of the defined contribution pension plan, covered compensation was limited to $260,000 in 2014, $255,000 in 2013, and $250,000 in 2012. Total expenses of the plan were $470,000, $422,000, and $393,000, for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The Corporation’s pension plan is fully funded as all obligations are funded monthly.

The Corporation also provides an optional 401(K) plan, in which employees may elect to defer pre-tax salary dollars, subject to the maximum annual Internal Revenue Service contribution amounts. The contribution maximum for 2014 and 2013 was $17,500, compared to $17,000 for 2012 for persons under age 50, and was $23,000 in both 2014 and 2013, and $22,500 in 2012 for persons over age 50. The Corporation matches employee contributions into the 401(K) plan at a rate of 50% on the first 5.0% of employee contributions. In this manner, employees that contributed at least 5% of their pre-tax pay into the 401(K) plan would receive the equivalent of 7.5% of employer contributions, 5.0% in the pension plan and 2.5% in the 401(K) plan. The Corporation had a total expense of $219,000 in 2014, $186,000 in 2013, and $179,000 in 2012 in the form of matching 401(K) contributions to employees.

NOTE K - DEFERRED COMPENSATION

Prior to 1999, directors of the Corporation had the ability to defer their directors’ fees into a directors’ deferred compensation plan. Directors electing to defer their compensation signed a contract that allowed the Corporation to take out a life insurance policy on the director designed to fund the future deferred compensation obligation, which is paid out over a ten-year period at retirement age. A contract and life insurance policy was taken out for each period of pay deferred. The amount of deferred compensation to be paid to each director was actuarially determined based on the amount of life insurance the annual directors’ fees were able to purchase. This amount varies for each director depending on age, general health, and the number of years until the director is entitled to begin receiving payments. The Corporation is the owner and beneficiary of all life insurance policies on the directors.

At the time the directors’ pay was deferred, the Corporation used the amount of the annual directors’ fees to pay the premiums on the life insurance policies. The Corporation could continue to pay premiums after the deferment period, or could allow the policies to fund annual premiums through loans against the policy’s cash surrender value. The Corporation has continued to pay the premiums on the life insurance policies and no loans exist on the policies.

The life insurance policies had an aggregate face amount of $3,409,000 for December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013. The death benefits totaled $6,399,000 at December 31, 2014, and $6,060,000 at December 31, 2013. The cash surrender value of the above policies totaled $4,311,000 and $4,108,000 as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The net present value of the vested portion of deferred payments totaled $585,000 at December 31, 2014, and $729,000 at December 31, 2013. The interest rate used to discount these obligations was 4.50% for 2014, 2013, and 2012. These net present value amounts are included in other liabilities on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Total charges to expense for deferred compensation amounted to $29,000 for 2014, $36,000 for 2013, and $74,000 for 2012, and are included in other operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE L - INCOME TAXES

Federal income tax expense as reported differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before taxes. A reconciliation of the differences by amount and percent is as follows:

FEDERAL INCOME TAX SUMMARY

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014						2013						2012
	$			%			$			%			$			%

Income tax at statutory rate		2,937			34.0			3,132			34.0			3,039			34.0
Tax-exempt interest income		(1,266	)		(14.7	)		(1,498	)		(16.3	)		(1,511	)		(16.9	)
Non-deductible interest expense		49			0.6			61			0.7			67			0.7
Bank-owned life insurance		(218	)		(2.5	)		(217	)		(2.3	)		(315	)		(3.5	)
Other		44			0.5			23			0.2			15			0.2

Income tax expense		1,546			17.9			1,501			16.3			1,295			14.5

106

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The ability to realize the benefit of deferred tax assets is dependent upon a number of factors, including the generation of future taxable income, the ability to carry back losses to recover taxes paid in previous years, the ability to offset capital losses with capital gains, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, and certain tax planning strategies. A valuation allowance of $25,000 has been established to offset in its entirety the tax benefits associated with certain impaired securities that management believes may not be realizable.

The Corporation has a deferred tax asset for credits related to Alternative Minimum Taxes (AMT) of $996,000 as of December 31, 2014, $1,137,000 as of December 31, 2013, and $1,123,000 as of December 31, 2012. The AMT credits have an unlimited carry-forward period. No valuation has been established for these deferred tax assets in view of the Corporation’s ability to carry forward tax credits to future years, coupled with the anticipated future taxable income as evidenced by the Corporation’s earnings potential.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles prescribe a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.

There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known unrecognized tax benefits. The Corporation recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income. With few exceptions, the Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2011.

107

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Significant components of income tax expense are as follows:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
	$			$			$
Current tax expense		1,032			1,671			814
Deferred tax expense (benefit)		531			(174	)		607
Valuation allowance adjustment		(17	)		4			(126	)
Income tax expense		1,546			1,501			1,295

Components of the Corporation's net deferred tax position are as follows:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
	$			$			$

Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses		2,428			2,454			2,555
Net unrealized holding losses on securities available for sale		—			2,030			—
Deferred compensation reserve		199			248			299
Capital loss carryforward		25			42			37
Other than temporary impairment		—			106			417
Tax credit carryforward		996			1,137			1,123
Charitable contribution carryforward		—			—			49
Allowance for off-balance sheet extensions of credit		105			148			124
Interest on non-accrual loans		170			164			136
Other		6			305			3
Total deferred tax assets		3,929			6,634			4,743
Valuation allowance		(25	)		(42	)		(37	)
Net deferred taxes		3,904			6,592			4,706

Deferred tax liabilities
Premises and equipment		(1,536	)		(1,388	)		(1,582	)
Net unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale		(516	)		—			(3,432	)
Discount on investment securities		(1	)		(61	)		(74	)
Credit losses on impaired securities		—			(228	)		(256	)
Other		(13	)		—			(83	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(2,066	)		(1,677	)		(5,427	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)		1,838			4,915			(721	)

NOTE M – REGULATORY MATTERS AND RESTRICTIONS

The Corporation and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. The quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth below) of tier 1 capital to average assets and tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Corporation and Bank were categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category. The following chart details the Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital levels as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, compared to regulatory levels.

108

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

CAPITAL LEVELS									To Be Well
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)									Capitalized Under
					For Capital				Prompt Corrective
	Actual				Adequacy Purposes				Action Provision
	$		%		$		%		$		%

As of December 31, 2014
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
Consolidated		98,900		17.3		45,650		8.0		57,063		10.0
Bank		97,921		17.2		45,633		8.0		57,042		10.0

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
Consolidated		91,755		16.1		22,825		4.0		34,238		6.0
Bank		90,787		15.9		22,817		4.0		34,225		6.0

Tier I Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated		91,755		10.7		34,330		4.0		42,913		5.0
Bank		90,787		10.6		34,324		4.0		42,905		5.0

As of December 31, 2013
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
Consolidated		94,367		17.9		42,231		8.0		52,788		10.0
Bank		93,783		17.8		42,216		8.0		52,771		10.0

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
Consolidated		87,735		16.6		21,115		4.0		31,673		6.0
Bank		87,174		16.5		21,108		4.0		31,662		6.0

Tier I Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated		87,735		10.8		32,458		4.0		40,573		5.0
Bank		87,174		10.7		32,454		4.0		40,568		5.0

In addition to the capital guidelines, certain laws restrict the amount of dividends paid to stockholders in any given year. The approval of the OCC shall be required if the total of all dividends declared by the Corporation in any year shall exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with retained net profits of the preceding two years. Under this restriction, the Corporation could declare dividends in 2015, without the approval of the OCC, of approximately $8.5 million, plus an additional amount equal to the Corporation’s net profits for 2015, up to the date of any such dividend declaration.

NOTE N – TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The following table presents activity in the amounts due from directors, executive officers, immediate family, and affiliated companies. These transactions are made on the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral requirements as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others. An analysis of the activity with respect to such aggregate loans to related parties is shown below.

LOANS TO INSIDERS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Actual
	$

Balance, December 31, 2013		10,432

Advances		1,555
Repayments		(1,809	)
Other Changes		(5,967	)

Balance, December 31, 2014		4,211

109

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In the Corporation’s case, other changes in the table above represents one director whose related interest ownership percentage dropped below the reportable threshold for several business loans.

Deposits from the insiders totaled $4,907,000 as of December 31, 2014, and $4,539,000 as of December 31, 2013.

NOTE O - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, the Corporation makes various commitments that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. These are commonly referred to as off-balance sheet commitments and include firm commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit, and open letters of credit. On December 31, 2014, firm loan commitments totaled approximately $17.9 million; unused lines of credit totaled $138.5 million; and open letters of credit totaled $9.6 million. The sum of these commitments, $166.0 million, represents total exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by customers with respect to these financial instruments; however the vast majority of these commitments are typically not drawn upon. The same credit policies for on-balance sheet instruments apply for making commitments and conditional obligations and the actual credit losses that could arise from the exercise of these commitments is expected to compare favorably with the loan loss experience on the loan portfolio taken as a whole. Commitments to extend credit on December 31, 2013, totaled $141.8 million, representing firm loan commitments of $27.8 million, unused lines of credit of $105.8 million, and open letters of credit totaling $8.2 million.

Firm commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customer’s creditworthiness is evaluated on an individual basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. These commitments are supported by various types of collateral, where it is determined that collateral is required.

Open letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Most guarantees expire within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. While various assets of the customer act as collateral for these letters of credit, real estate is the primary collateral held for these potential obligations.

NOTE P - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Corporation determines concentrations of credit risk by reviewing loans by borrower, geographical area, and loan purpose. The amount of credit extended to a single borrower or group of borrowers is capped by the legal lending limit, which is defined as 15% of the Bank’s risk-based capital, less the allowance for loan losses. The Corporation’s lending policy further restricts the amount to 75% of the legal lending limit. As of December 31, 2014, the Corporation’s legal lending limit was $14,688,000, and the Corporation’s lending policy limit was $11,016,000. This compared to a legal lending limit of $14,068,000, and lending policy limit of $10,551,000 as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, no lending relationships exceeded the Corporation’s internal lending policy limit.

Geographically, the primary lending area for the Corporation encompasses Lancaster, Lebanon, and Berks counties of Pennsylvania, with the vast majority of the loans made in Lancaster County. The ability of debtors to honor their loan agreements is impacted by the health of the local economy. The Corporation’s immediate market area benefits from a diverse economy, which has resulted in a diverse loan portfolio. As a community bank, the largest amount of loans outstanding consists of personal mortgages, residential rental loans, and personal loans secured by real estate. Beyond personal lending, the Corporation’s business and commercial lending includes loans for agricultural, construction, specialized manufacturing, service industries, many types of small businesses, and loans to governmental units and non-profit entities.

Management evaluates concentrations of credit based on loan purpose on a quarterly basis. The Corporation’s greatest concentration of loans by purpose is residential real estate, which comprises $163.3 million, or 34.7%, of

110

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

the $470.7 million gross loans outstanding. Residential real estate consists of first mortgages and home equity loans. A concentration in commercial real estate of 51.8%, or $243.6 million, also exists; however, within that category there is not a concentration by specific industry type. Agricultural mortgages consist of 29.8% of gross loans as of December 31, 2014, compared to 26.1% as of December 31, 2013; however these agricultural mortgages are spread over several types of agricultural purpose loans. More specifically within these larger purpose categories, management monitors on a quarterly basis the largest concentrations of non-consumer credit based on the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS). As of December 31, 2014, the largest specific industry type categories were dairy cattle and milk production loans of $81.9 million, or 17.4% of gross loans, non-residential real estate investment loans with a balance of $38.0 million, or 8.1% of gross loans, and residential investment real estate of $29.1 million, or 6.2% of gross loans. Out of the $60.3 million of loans designated as commercial & industrial for the Uniform Bank Performance Reports, the largest concentration within that area is $11.8 million of loans to political subdivisions, which account for 2.5% of gross loans outstanding. For the Corporation, these loans consisted of tax-free loans to local municipalities.

To evaluate risk for the securities portfolio, the Corporation reviews both geographical concentration and credit ratings. The largest geographical concentrations as of December 31, 2014, were obligations of states and political subdivisions located in the states of Pennsylvania, Illinois, Texas, and California. Based on fair market value, the Corporation held $14.6 million of obligations issued by municipalities within the state of Pennsylvania, which is 15.7% of the municipal portfolio, and 5.0% of total debt securities. The Corporation held the same amount of obligations issued by municipalities in the state of Illinois. The Corporation also held $13.6 million of obligations of states and political subdivisions issued by municipalities located within the state of Texas, which is 14.5% of the municipal portfolio, and 4.7% of total debt securities. Finally, the Corporation held $11.5 million of obligations of states and political subdivisions by municipalities in the state of California, which is 12.3% of the municipal portfolio, and 4.0% of total debt securities. Internal policy requires municipal bonds purchased to be rated at least A3 by Moody’s and/or A- by Standard & Poor’s (S&P) at the time of purchase. Presently, all of the municipal bonds have ratings at these levels or higher.

The Corporation held $65.3 million of corporate bonds based on amortized cost as of December 31, 2014. This total includes $15.2 million of sub U.S. agency debt, in this case sub agencies of Federal Farm Credit Bureau. The sub U.S. agency debt carries the same 20% risk-based capital weighting as the primary U.S. agencies but since it is not senior debt of the primary agency, it is classified as corporate debt in the Corporation’s securities portfolio. This leaves $50.1 million of more typically known corporate debt of U.S. and foreign public companies. As a total, the $65.3 million represents 22.6% of the Corporation’s total debt securities. Management has a policy limit of maintaining corporate bonds at less than 20% of the securities portfolio and sub agency bonds at less than 5% of the portfolio. Additionally, to limit credit exposure to any one issuer, the Corporation’s policy limits investment to $3 million of par value per company. Out of the $65.3 million of total corporate securities, $50.4 million is domestic and $14.9 million is foreign-issued debt. None of the Corporation’s foreign corporate debt originates from the European countries that have struggled with the sovereign debt crisis, namely Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece, and Spain. Most of the Corporation’s foreign-issued debt is from the United Kingdom, Australia, and Canada.

Within the corporate bond segment of the portfolio, management has preferred to invest in the banking, brokerage, and finance industry, where management is more comfortable analyzing and evaluating the credit risk of these firms. As a result, based on amortized cost, $37.8 million, or 57.9%, of the corporate bonds held are invested in national or foreign banks, bank holding companies, brokerage firms, or finance companies. In this broader finance-related group, management has selectively pursued foreign bank-issued debt where there is governmental ownership of the bank, and/or implied backing driven by the heavy reliance on these banks for the nation’s financial system. Out of the total $37.8 million of financial and brokerage-related corporate issues, $25.9 million is domestic and $11.9 million is foreign. All of the $11.9 million of foreign financial-related corporate paper is in the form of foreign bank-issued debt. Out of the $25.9 million of domestic financial-related debt, $7.1 million is in bank debt, $12.2 million is in brokerage, and $6.6 million is in financial conglomerates.

The remaining $27.5 million of non-financial related corporate paper consists of the $15.2 million of sub U.S. agency paper, $4.6 million in phone companies, $2.1 million in domestic medical supplies, $2.0 million in foreign auto, $2.0 million in domestic software, $1.0 million in foreign conglomerates, and $0.6 million in domestic insurance.

By internal policy, at time of purchase, all corporate bonds must carry a credit rating of at least A3 by Moody’s or A- by S&P, and at all times corporate bonds are to be investment grade, which is defined as Baa3 for Moody’s and

111

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

BBB- for S&P, or above. As of December 31, 2014, all of the Corporation’s corporate bonds carried at least a credit rating of A3 by Moody’s or A- by S&P.

NOTE Q - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following disclosures show the hierarchal disclosure framework associated with the level of pricing observations utilized in measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. The three broad levels defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles are as follows:

Level I:

Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date.

Level II:

Pricing inputs are other than the quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities includes items for which quoted prices are available but traded less frequently and items that are fair-valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed.

Level III:

Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

The following table presents the assets reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value as of December 31, 2014, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

ASSETS REPORTED AT FAIR VALUE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31, 2014
	Level I		Level II		Level III		Total
	$		$		$		$

U.S. government agencies		—		46,159		—		46,159
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		—		37,950		—		37,950
U. S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		—		48,066		—		48,066
Corporate bonds		—		65,108		—		65,108
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		93,331		—		93,331
Marketable equity securities		5,208		—		—		5,208

Total securities		5,208		290,614		—		295,822

On December 31, 2014, the Corporation held no securities valued using level III inputs. All of the Corporation’s debt instruments were valued using level II inputs, where quoted prices are available and observable but not necessarily quotes on identical securities traded in active markets on a daily basis. The Corporation’s CRA fund investments and bank stocks are fair valued utilizing level I inputs because the funds have their own quoted prices in an active market. As of December 31, 2014, the CRA fund investments had a $5,000,000 book and market value and the bank stocks had a book value of $189,000 and a market value of $208,000.

Financial instruments are considered level III when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for level III financial instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly. Level III financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

112

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the assets reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value as of December 31, 2013, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

ASSETS REPORTED AT FAIR VALUE

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31, 2013
	Level I		Level II		Level III		Total
	$		$		$		$

U.S. government agencies		—		39,667		—		39,667
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities		—		51,923		—		51,923
U. S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations		—		41,688		—		41,688
Private collateralized mortgage obligations		—		4,041		—		4,041
Corporate bonds		—		56,194		—		56,194
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		101,644		—		101,644
Marketable equity securities		5,171		—		—		5,171

Total securities		5,171		295,157		—		300,328

On December 31, 2013, the Corporation held no securities valued using level III inputs. All of the Corporation’s debt instruments were valued using level II inputs, where quoted prices are available and observable but not necessarily quotes on identical securities traded in active markets on a daily basis. The Corporation’s CRA fund investments and bank stocks are fair valued utilizing level I inputs because the funds have their own quoted prices in an active market. As of December 31, 2013, the CRA fund investments had a $5,000,000 book and market value and the bank stocks had a book value of $151,000 and a market value of $171,000.

113

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the assets measured on a nonrecurring basis on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value as of December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, by level within the fair value hierarchy.

ASSETS MEASURED ON A NONRECURRING BASIS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31, 2014
	Level I		Level II		Level III		Total
	$		$		$		$
Assets:
Impaired Loans		—		—		2,358		2,358
OREO		—		—		69		69
Total		—		—		2,427		2,427

	December 31, 2013
	Level I		Level II		Level III		Total
	$		$		$		$
Assets:
Impaired Loans		—		—		2,693		2,693
OREO		—		—		39		39
Total		—		—		2,732		2,732

The Corporation had a total of $2,359,000 of impaired loans as of December 31, 2014, with $1,000 of specifically allocated allowance against these loans. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation had a total of $2,693,000 of impaired loans with no specific allocation against these loans.

Other real estate owned (OREO) is measured at fair value, less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management. The assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. The Corporation’s OREO balance as of December 31, 2014, consists of one residential property that was classified as OREO in the fourth quarter of 2014. Management has estimated the current value of the OREO property at $69,000 utilizing level III pricing. The Corporation’s OREO balance as of December 31, 2013, consisted of one residential property that was classified as OREO in the fourth quarter of 2013. Management estimated the value of the OREO property at $39,000 utilizing level III pricing. This OREO property was sold in June of 2014. Income and expenses from operations and changes in valuation allowance are included in the net expenses from OREO.

114

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which the Corporation has utilized level III inputs to determine fair value:

QUANTITATIVE INFORMATION ABOUT LEVEL III FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31, 2014
	Fair Value		Valuation	Unobservable	Range
	Estimate		Techniques	Input	(Weighted Avg)

Impaired loans		2,358	Appraisal of collateral (1)	Appraisal adjustments (2)	0% to -20% (-20%)
				Liquidation expenses (2)	0% to -10% (-10%)

OREO		69	Appraisal of collateral (1) (3)	Appraisal adjustments (2)	-40%
				Liquidation expenses (2)	-1%

	December 31, 2013
	Fair Value		Valuation	Unobservable	Range
	Estimate		Techniques	Input	(Weighted Avg)

Impaired loans		2,693	Appraisal of collateral (1)	Appraisal adjustments (2)	0% to -20% (-20%)
				Liquidation expenses (2)	0% to -10% (-10%)

OREO		39	Appraisal of collateral (1) (3)	Liquidation expenses (2)	-1%

(1) Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally includes various level III inputs which are not identifiable.

(2) Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal.

(3) Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.

NOTE R - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities Available for Sale

Management utilizes quoted market pricing for the fair value of the Corporation's securities that are available for sale, if available. If a quoted market rate is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Regulatory Stock

Regulatory stock is valued at a stable dollar price, which is the price used to purchase or liquidate shares; therefore the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are individual loans for which the Corporation has a firm sales commitment; therefore, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of the fair value.

Loans

The fair value of fixed and variable rate loans is estimated by discounting back the scheduled future cash flows of the particular loan product, using the market interest rates of comparable loan products in the Corporation’s greater market area, with the same general structure, comparable credit ratings, and for the same remaining maturities.

115

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Accrued Interest Receivable

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Fair value is equal to the cash surrender value of the life insurance policies.

Deposits

The fair value of non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts and interest bearing demand deposit and savings accounts is based on the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity time deposits is estimated by discounting back the expected cash flows of the time deposit using market interest rates from the Corporation’s greater market area, which are currently being offered for similar time deposits with similar remaining maturities.

Borrowings

The fair value of a term borrowing is estimated by comparing the rate currently offered for the same type of borrowing instrument with a matching remaining term.

Accrued Interest Payable

The carrying amount of accrued interest payable is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Firm Commitments to Extend Credit, Lines of Credit, and Open Letters of Credit

These financial instruments are generally not subject to sale and estimated fair values are not readily available. The carrying value, represented by the net deferred fee arising from the unrecognized commitment or letter of credit, and the fair value, determined by discounting the remaining contractual fee over the term of the commitment, using fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements with similar credit risk, is not considered material for disclosure purposes. The contractual amounts of unfunded commitments are presented in Note O.

116

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Corporation's financial instruments at December 31, 2014, are summarized as follows:

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31, 2014
					Quoted Prices in
					Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
					for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Carrying				Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Amount		Fair Value		(Level I)		(Level II)		(Level III)
	$		$		$		$		$
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		43,412		43,412		43,412		—		—
Securities available for sale		295,822		295,822		5,208		290,614		—
Regulatory stock		3,227		3,227		3,227		—		—
Loans held for sale		506		506		506		—		—
Loans, net of allowance		464,027		463,197		—		—		463,197
Accrued interest receivable		3,706		3,706		3,706		—		—
Bank owned life insurance		20,603		20,603		20,603		—		—

Financial Liabilities:
Demand deposits		210,444		210,444		210,444		—		—
Interest-bearing demand deposits		14,039		14,039		14,039		—		—
NOW accounts		72,951		72,951		72,951		—		—
Money market deposit accounts		69,442		69,442		69,442		—		—
Savings accounts		131,206		131,206		131,206		—		—
Time deposits		201,569		203,787		—		—		203,787
Total deposits		699,651		701,869		498,082		—		203,787

Long-term debt		62,300		63,058		—		—		63,058

Accrued interest payable		586		586		586		—		—

117

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments at December 31, 2013, are summarized as follows:

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	December 31, 2013
					Quoted Prices in
					Active Markets		Significant Other		Significant
					for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Carrying				Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Amount		Fair Value		(Level I)		(Level II)		(Level III)
	$		$		$		$		$
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		24,577		24,577		24,577		—		—
Securities available for sale		300,328		300,328		5,171		295,157		—
Regulatory stock		3,660		3,660		3,660		—		—
Loans held for sale		59		59		59		—		—
Loans, net of allowance		431,001		434,049		—		—		434,049
Accrued interest receivable		3,605		3,605		3,605		—		—
Bank owned life insurance		19,911		19,911		19,911		—		—

Financial Liabilities:
Demand deposits		173,070		173,070		173,070		—		—
Interest-bearing demand deposits		13,055		13,055		13,055		—		—
NOW accounts		70,540		70,540		70,540		—		—
Money market deposit accounts		61,882		61,882		61,882		—		—
Savings accounts		120,935		120,935		120,935		—		—
Time deposits		217,144		221,172		—		—		221,172
Total deposits		656,626		660,654		439,482		—		221,172

Short-term borrowings		3,900		3,900		3,900		—		—
Long-term debt		65,000		66,934		—		—		66,934

Accrued interest payable		699		699		699		—		—

118

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE S – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The activity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (1) (2)

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Unrealized
	Gains (Losses)
	on Securities
	Available-for-Sale
	$
Balance at January 1, 2014		(3,940	)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications		6,993
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(2,051	)
Period change		4,942

Balance at December 31, 2014		1,002


Balance at January 1, 2013		6,663

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications		(8,480	)
Amount reclassified into accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(2,123	)
Period change		(10,603	)

Balance at December 31, 2013		(3,940	)

(1)	All amounts are net of tax. Related income tax expense or benefit is calculated using a Federal income tax rate of 34%.

(2)	Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.

DETAILS ABOUT ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) COMPONENTS (1)

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Amount Reclassified from
	Accumulated Other Comprehensive
	Income (Loss)
	For the Year Ended
	December 31,						Affected Line Item
	2014			2013			in the Statements of
	$			$			Income
Securities available-for-sale:
Net securities gains reclassified into earnings		3,131			3,388		Gains on securities transactions, net
Related income tax expense		(1,065	)		(1,152	)	Provision for federal income taxes
Net effect on accumulated other comprehensive
income for the period		2,066			2,236

Net impairment losses reclassified into earnings		(22	)		(171	)	Impairment losses on securities
Related income tax expense		7			58		Provision for federal income taxes
Net effect on accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) for the period		(15	)		(113	)
Total reclassifications for the period		2,051			2,123

(1) Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.

119

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE T – CONDENSED PARENT ONLY DATA

Condensed Balance Sheets (Parent Company Only)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)	December 31,
	2014			2013
	$			$
Assets
Cash		702			315
Securities available for sale (at fair value)		208			171
Equity in bank subsidiary		91,786			83,222
Other assets		71			68

Total assets		92,767			83,776

Stockholders' Equity
Capital stock		574			574
Capital surplus		4,375			4,353
Retained earnings		87,200			83,165
Unrealized gain (loss) on AFS securities		1,002			(3,940	)
Treasury stock		(384	)		(376	)

Total stockholders' equity		92,767			83,776

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013			2012
	$		$			$
Income
Dividend income - investment securities		9		7			—
Gains on securities transactions		49		25			—
Dividend income		3,556		2,966			2,853
Undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary		3,621		4,855			4,927
Total income		7,235		7,853			7,780

Expense
Shareholder expenses		129		131			137
Other expenses		14		12			1
Total expense		143		143			138

Net Income		7,092		7,710			7,642

Comprehensive Income (Loss)		12,034		(2,893	)		10,084

120

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:	$			$			$
Net Income		7,092			7,710			7,642
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		(3,621	)		(4,855	)		(4,927	)
Gains on securities transactions, net		(49	)		(25	)		—
Net change in other assets		(3	)		4			(23	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		3,419			2,834			2,692

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale		338			120			—
Purchases of securities available for sale		(327	)		(246	)		—
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities		11			(126	)		—

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock		499			477			432
Payment to repurchase common stock		(485	)		(357	)		(619	)
Dividends paid		(3,057	)		(2,966	)		(2,853	)
Net cash used for financing activities		(3,043	)		(2,846	)		(3,040	)

Cash and Cash Equivalents:
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		387			(138	)		(348	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		315			453			801
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		702			315			453

121

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended 2014, 2013, and 2012 are as follows:

NOTE U - SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

	2014
	1st Qtr			2nd Qtr			3rd Qtr		4th Qtr
	$			$			$		$
Interest income		6,872			6,825			6,696		6,744
Interest expense		1,217			1,217			1,155		1,087
Net interest income		5,655			5,608			5,541		5,657
Less provision (credit) for loan losses		(200	)		(100	)		—		250
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses		5,855			5,708			5,541		5,407
Other income		2,180			2,168			2,275		2,925
Operating expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits		3,430			3,481			3,517		3,515
Occupancy and equipment expenses		776			727			763		794
Other operating expenses		1,592			1,581			1,487		1,758
Total operating expenses		5,798			5,789			5,767		6,067
Income before income taxes		2,237			2,087			2,049		2,265

Provision for Federal income taxes		399			347			337		463
Net income		1,838			1,740			1,712		1,802
FINANCIAL RATIOS
Per share data:
Net income		0.64			0.61			0.60		0.63
Cash dividends paid		0.26			0.27			0.27		0.27

	2013
	1st Qtr			2nd Qtr			3rd Qtr		4th Qtr
	$			$			$		$
Interest income		6,653			6,609			6,745		6,899
Interest expense		1,430			1,348			1,322		1,282
Net interest income		5,223			5,261			5,423		5,617
Less credit for loan losses		(50	)		(100	)		—		(75	)
Net interest income after credit for loan losses		5,273			5,361			5,423		5,692
Other income		2,503			2,229			1,939		2,726

Operating expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits		3,168			3,184			3,193		3,368
Occupancy and equipment expenses		644			665			710		693
Other operating expenses		1,564			1,627			1,444		1,675
Total operating expenses		5,376			5,476			5,347		5,736
Income before income taxes		2,400			2,114			2,015		2,682
Provision for Federal income taxes		392			292			274		543
Net income		2,008			1,822			1,741		2,139

FINANCIAL RATIOS
Per share data:
Net income		0.70			0.64			0.61		0.75
Cash dividends paid		0.26			0.26			0.26		0.26

122

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

	2012
	1st Qtr			2nd Qtr			3rd Qtr			4th Qtr
	$			$			$			$
Interest income		7,330			7,168			6,967			6,802
Interest expense		1,741			1,625			1,560			1,487
Net interest income		5,589			5,543			5,407			5,315
Less credit for loan losses		(250	)		(350	)		(250	)		(125	)
Net interest income after credit for loan losses		5,839			5,893			5,657			5,440
Other income		2,165			1,733			1,758			1,621
Operating expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits		3,227			3,079			3,020			3,176
Occupancy and equipment expenses		636			641			641			614
Other operating expenses		1,569			1,542			1,410			1,614
Total operating expenses		5,432			5,262			5,071			5,404
Income before income taxes		2,572			2,364			2,344			1,657
Provision for Federal income taxes		383			393			384			135
Net income		2,189			1,971			1,960			1,522

FINANCIAL RATIOS
Per share data:
Net income		0.77			0.69			0.69			0.53
Cash dividends paid		0.25			0.25			0.25			0.25

123

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of the design and the operation of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2014, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer along with the Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014, are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to the Corporation required to be in the Corporation’s periodic filings under the Exchange Act.

(b) Changes in Internal Controls.

There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

The Corporation is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the financial statements included in this annual report. The financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management's best estimates and judgments.

Management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Management assessed the Corporation’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in "Internal Control - Integrated Framework," issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2014, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the "Internal Control – Integrated Framework.”

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Corporation’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Corporation’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act which eliminates such requirement for smaller reporting companies, as defined in SEC regulations.

124

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

/s/ Aaron L. Groff, Jr.	/s/ Scott E. Lied
Aaron L. Groff, Jr.	Scott E. Lied
Chairman of the Board,	Treasurer
Chief Executive Officer and President	(Principal Financial Officer)

Ephrata, PA
March 27, 2015

Item 9B. Other Information

None

125

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item, relating to directors, executive officers, and control persons is set forth under the captions, “Election of Directors,” “Information and Qualifications of Nominees for Director and Continuing Directors,” “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee,” “Executive Officers,” “Audit Committee Report,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held on May 5, 2015, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The Corporation has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to directors, officers, and employees of the Corporation and the Bank. The Code of Ethics is attached as Exhibit 14 to this Form 10-K.

There were no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Corporation’s Board of Directors during the fourth quarter of 2014.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item, relating to executive compensation, is set forth under the captions, “Summary Compensation Table,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” Compensation Committee Report,” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held on May 5, 2015, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item, related to beneficial ownership of the Corporation’s common stock, is set forth under the caption, “Share Ownership” of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 2015, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item related to transactions with management and others, certain business relationships, and indebtedness of management, is set forth under the caption, “Transactions with Related Persons,” and “Governance of the Company” of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 2015, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item related to fees and the audit committees’ pre-approved policies are set forth under the caption, “Audit Committee Report” of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 2015, which is incorporated herein by reference.

126

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

Part IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

Financial Statements.

The following financial statements are included by reference in Part II, Item 8 hereof.

Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The financial statement schedules required by this Item are omitted because the information is either inapplicable, not required, or is shown in the respective consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

The Exhibits filed herewith or incorporated by reference as a part of this Annual Report, are set forth in (b), below.

(b)

EXHIBITS

3 (i)

Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 28, 2012.)

3 (ii)

Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 15, 2010.)

10.1

Form of Deferred Income Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008.)

10.2

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2012.)

10.3

2010 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Corporation’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 4, 2010.)

Statement re: Computation of Earnings per Share as found on pages 32 and 76 of this 2014 Form 10-K filing, which is included herein.

Statement re: Computation of Ratios as found on page 32 of this 2014 Form 10-K filing, which is included herein.

Code of Ethics Policy of Registrant as amended March 11, 2009. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2009.)

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

Section 302 Chief Executive Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15a-14(a)).

31.2

Section 302 Principal Financial Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15a-14(a)).

32.1

Section 1350 Chief Executive Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(b)).

127

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

32.2

Section 1350 Principal Financial Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(b)).

101

Interactive Data File

(c)

NOT APPLICABLE.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

		ENB FINANCIAL CORP


	By:	/s/ Aaron L. Groff, Jr.
		Aaron L. Groff, Jr., Chairman of the Board,
		Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ Aaron L. Groff, Jr.	Chairman of the Board,	March 27, 2015
(Aaron L. Groff, Jr.)	Chief Executive Officer and President

/s/ Scott E. Lied	Treasurer	March 27, 2015
(Scott E. Lied)	(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Paul W. Wenger	Secretary and Director	March 27, 2015
(Paul W. Wenger)

/s/ Willis R. Lefever	Director	March 27, 2015
(Willis R. Lefever)

/s/ Donald Z. Musser	Director	March 27, 2015
(Donald Z. Musser)

/s/ Susan Young Nicholas	Director	March 27, 2015
(Susan Young Nicholas)

/s/ Dr. Brian K. Reed	Director	March 27, 2015
(Dr. Brian K. Reed)

/s/ Mark C. Wagner	Director	March 27, 2015
(Mark C. Wagner)

/s/ Judith A. Weaver	Director	March 27, 2015
(Judith A. Weaver)

/s/ Paul M. Zimmerman, Jr.	Director	March 27, 2015
(Paul M. Zimmerman, Jr.)

128

Table of Contents

ENB FINANCIAL CORP

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description	Page number on Manually Signed Original
3(i)	Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 28, 2012.)
3 (ii)	Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 15, 2010.)
10.1	Form of Deferred Income Agreement. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008.)
10.2	2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2012.)
10.3	2010 Non-employee Directors’ Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Corporation’s Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 4, 2010.)
11	Statement re: Computation of Earnings Per Share as found on pages 32 and 76 of Form 10-K, which is included herein.
12	Statement re: Computation of Ratios as found on page 32 of Form 10-K, which is included herein.
14	Code of Ethics Policy of Registrant as amended March 11, 2009. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2009)
21	Subsidiaries of the Registrant	Page 130
23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	Page 131
31.1	Section 302 Chief Executive Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(a)).	Page 132
31.2	Section 302 Principal Financial Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(a)).	Page 133
32.1	Section 1350 Chief Executive Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(b)).	Page 134
32.2	Section 1350 Principal Financial Officer Certification (Required by Rule 13a-14(b)).	Page 135
101	Interactive Data File

129